Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc2.c @ 2522:d7ecfc8b784c vim73
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 08 Aug 2010 18:29:48 +0200 |
| parents | d890c820722f |
| children | 298d8d6e69be |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc2.c: Various functions. | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 #include "vim.h" | |
| 14 | |
| 359 | 15 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */ |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */ | |
| 18 | |
| 7 | 19 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 20 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol)); | |
| 21 | |
| 22 /* | |
| 23 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual. | |
| 24 */ | |
| 25 int | |
| 26 virtual_active() | |
| 27 { | |
| 28 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because | |
| 29 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block" | |
| 30 * being used. */ | |
| 31 if (virtual_op != MAYBE) | |
| 32 return virtual_op; | |
| 33 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL | |
| 34 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 35 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 36 # endif | |
| 37 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT))); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 /* | |
| 41 * Get the screen position of the cursor. | |
| 42 */ | |
| 43 int | |
| 44 getviscol() | |
| 45 { | |
| 46 colnr_T x; | |
| 47 | |
| 48 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 49 return (int)x; | |
| 50 } | |
| 51 | |
| 52 /* | |
| 53 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line. | |
| 54 */ | |
| 55 int | |
| 56 getviscol2(col, coladd) | |
| 57 colnr_T col; | |
| 58 colnr_T coladd; | |
| 59 { | |
| 60 colnr_T x; | |
| 61 pos_T pos; | |
| 62 | |
| 63 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 64 pos.col = col; | |
| 65 pos.coladd = coladd; | |
| 66 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL); | |
| 67 return (int)x; | |
| 68 } | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* | |
| 1209 | 71 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as necessary to get the |
| 7 | 72 * cursor in that column. |
| 73 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo! | |
| 74 */ | |
| 75 int | |
| 76 coladvance_force(wcol) | |
| 77 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 78 { | |
| 79 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 82 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 83 else | |
| 84 { | |
| 85 /* Virtcol is valid */ | |
| 86 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 87 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 88 } | |
| 89 return rc; | |
| 90 } | |
| 91 #endif | |
| 92 | |
| 93 /* | |
| 94 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column. | |
| 95 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position. | |
| 96 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share | |
| 97 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)), | |
| 98 * beginning at coladd 0. | |
| 99 * | |
| 100 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 101 */ | |
| 102 int | |
| 103 coladvance(wcol) | |
| 104 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 105 { | |
| 106 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol); | |
| 107 | |
| 108 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL) | |
| 109 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL; | |
| 44 | 110 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB) |
| 7 | 111 { |
| 44 | 112 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */ |
| 7 | 113 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL; |
| 114 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol; | |
| 115 } | |
| 116 return rc; | |
| 117 } | |
| 118 | |
| 119 /* | |
| 120 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol". | |
| 121 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not | |
| 122 */ | |
| 123 int | |
| 124 getvpos(pos, wcol) | |
| 125 pos_T *pos; | |
| 126 colnr_T wcol; | |
| 127 { | |
| 128 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 129 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol); | |
| 130 } | |
| 131 | |
| 132 static int | |
| 133 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol) | |
| 134 pos_T *pos; | |
| 135 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */ | |
| 1209 | 136 int finetune; /* change char offset for the exact column */ |
| 7 | 137 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */ |
| 138 { | |
| 139 #endif | |
| 140 int idx; | |
| 141 char_u *ptr; | |
| 142 char_u *line; | |
| 143 colnr_T col = 0; | |
| 144 int csize = 0; | |
| 145 int one_more; | |
| 146 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 147 int head = 0; | |
| 148 #endif | |
| 149 | |
| 772 | 150 one_more = (State & INSERT) |
| 151 || restart_edit != NUL | |
| 7 | 152 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 772 | 153 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') |
| 154 #endif | |
| 155 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 782 | 156 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL) |
| 772 | 157 #endif |
| 158 ; | |
| 1982 | 159 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos->lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 160 |
| 161 if (wcol >= MAXCOL) | |
| 162 { | |
| 163 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more; | |
| 164 col = wcol; | |
| 165 | |
| 166 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 167 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active) | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more; | |
| 170 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0) | |
| 171 --curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 172 } | |
| 173 #endif | |
| 174 } | |
| 175 else | |
| 176 { | |
| 177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 178 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin); | |
| 179 | |
| 620 | 180 if (finetune |
| 7 | 181 && curwin->w_p_wrap |
| 182 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 183 && curwin->w_width != 0 | |
| 184 # endif | |
| 185 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width) | |
| 186 { | |
| 187 csize = linetabsize(line); | |
| 188 if (csize > 0) | |
| 189 csize--; | |
| 190 | |
| 620 | 191 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width |
| 192 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1)) | |
| 7 | 193 { |
| 194 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the | |
| 620 | 195 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond |
| 196 * the last character (like what happens when typing and | |
| 197 * reaching the right window edge). */ | |
| 7 | 198 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1; |
| 199 } | |
| 200 } | |
| 201 #endif | |
| 202 | |
| 203 idx = -1; | |
| 204 ptr = line; | |
| 205 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 206 { | |
| 207 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
| 208 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 209 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head); | |
| 39 | 210 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
| 7 | 211 #else |
| 212 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col); | |
| 213 #endif | |
| 214 col += csize; | |
| 215 } | |
| 216 idx = (int)(ptr - line); | |
| 217 /* | |
| 218 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check | |
| 219 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of | |
| 220 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison | |
| 221 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on. | |
| 222 */ | |
| 223 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0)) | |
| 224 { | |
| 225 idx -= 1; | |
| 226 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 227 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */ | |
| 228 csize -= head; | |
| 229 # endif | |
| 230 col -= csize; | |
| 231 } | |
| 232 | |
| 233 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 234 if (virtual_active() | |
| 235 && addspaces | |
| 236 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1)) | |
| 237 { | |
| 238 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is | |
| 239 * filled with spaces. */ | |
| 240 | |
| 241 if (line[idx] == NUL) | |
| 242 { | |
| 243 /* Append spaces */ | |
| 244 int correct = wcol - col; | |
| 245 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1); | |
| 246 int t; | |
| 247 | |
| 248 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 249 return FAIL; | |
| 250 | |
| 251 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t) | |
| 252 newline[t] = line[t]; | |
| 253 | |
| 254 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t) | |
| 255 newline[t + idx] = ' '; | |
| 256 | |
| 257 newline[idx + correct] = NUL; | |
| 258 | |
| 259 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 260 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx); | |
| 261 idx += correct; | |
| 262 col = wcol; | |
| 263 } | |
| 264 else | |
| 265 { | |
| 266 /* Break a tab */ | |
| 267 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 268 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */ | |
| 840 | 269 char_u *newline; |
| 7 | 270 int t, s = 0; |
| 271 int v; | |
| 272 | |
| 840 | 273 if (-correct > csize) |
| 274 return FAIL; | |
| 275 | |
| 276 newline = alloc(linelen + csize); | |
| 277 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 7 | 278 return FAIL; |
| 279 | |
| 280 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++) | |
| 281 { | |
| 282 if (t != idx) | |
| 283 newline[s++] = line[t]; | |
| 284 else | |
| 285 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++) | |
| 286 newline[s++] = ' '; | |
| 287 } | |
| 288 | |
| 289 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL; | |
| 290 | |
| 291 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 292 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx); | |
| 293 idx += (csize - 1 + correct); | |
| 294 col += correct; | |
| 295 } | |
| 296 } | |
| 297 #endif | |
| 298 } | |
| 299 | |
| 300 if (idx < 0) | |
| 301 pos->col = 0; | |
| 302 else | |
| 303 pos->col = idx; | |
| 304 | |
| 305 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 306 pos->coladd = 0; | |
| 307 | |
| 308 if (finetune) | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 if (wcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 311 { | |
| 312 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 313 if (!one_more) | |
| 314 { | |
| 315 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
| 316 | |
| 317 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
| 318 pos->coladd = ecol - scol; | |
| 319 } | |
| 320 } | |
| 321 else | |
| 322 { | |
| 323 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col; | |
| 324 | |
| 325 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */ | |
| 326 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin))) | |
| 327 pos->coladd = b; | |
| 328 | |
| 329 col += b; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 } | |
| 332 #endif | |
| 333 | |
| 334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1982 | 335 /* prevent from moving onto a trail byte */ |
| 7 | 336 if (has_mbyte) |
| 1982 | 337 mb_adjustpos(pos); |
| 7 | 338 #endif |
| 339 | |
| 340 if (col < wcol) | |
| 341 return FAIL; | |
| 342 return OK; | |
| 343 } | |
| 344 | |
| 345 /* | |
| 1621 | 346 * Increment the cursor position. See inc() for return values. |
| 7 | 347 */ |
| 348 int | |
| 349 inc_cursor() | |
| 350 { | |
| 351 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 | |
| 1621 | 354 /* |
| 355 * Increment the line pointer "lp" crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 356 * Return 1 when going to the next line. | |
| 357 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line). | |
| 358 * Return -1 when at the end of file. | |
| 359 * Return 0 otherwise. | |
| 360 */ | |
| 7 | 361 int |
| 362 inc(lp) | |
| 363 pos_T *lp; | |
| 364 { | |
| 365 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp); | |
| 366 | |
| 367 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */ | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 370 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 371 { | |
| 474 | 372 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 373 |
| 374 lp->col += l; | |
| 375 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 #endif | |
| 378 lp->col++; | |
| 379 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 380 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 381 #endif | |
| 382 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2); | |
| 383 } | |
| 384 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */ | |
| 385 { | |
| 386 lp->col = 0; | |
| 387 lp->lnum++; | |
| 388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 389 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 390 #endif | |
| 391 return 1; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 return -1; | |
| 394 } | |
| 395 | |
| 396 /* | |
| 397 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 398 */ | |
| 399 int | |
| 400 incl(lp) | |
| 401 pos_T *lp; | |
| 402 { | |
| 403 int r; | |
| 404 | |
| 405 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col) | |
| 406 r = inc(lp); | |
| 407 return r; | |
| 408 } | |
| 409 | |
| 410 /* | |
| 411 * dec(p) | |
| 412 * | |
| 413 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary. | |
| 414 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise. | |
| 415 */ | |
| 416 int | |
| 417 dec_cursor() | |
| 418 { | |
| 419 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 420 } | |
| 421 | |
| 422 int | |
| 423 dec(lp) | |
| 424 pos_T *lp; | |
| 425 { | |
| 426 char_u *p; | |
| 427 | |
| 428 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 429 lp->coladd = 0; | |
| 430 #endif | |
| 431 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */ | |
| 432 { | |
| 433 lp->col--; | |
| 434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 435 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 438 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 439 } | |
| 440 #endif | |
| 441 return 0; | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */ | |
| 444 { | |
| 445 lp->lnum--; | |
| 446 p = ml_get(lp->lnum); | |
| 447 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); | |
| 448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 450 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col); | |
| 451 #endif | |
| 452 return 1; | |
| 453 } | |
| 454 return -1; /* at start of file */ | |
| 455 } | |
| 456 | |
| 457 /* | |
| 458 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines | |
| 459 */ | |
| 460 int | |
| 461 decl(lp) | |
| 462 pos_T *lp; | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 int r; | |
| 465 | |
| 466 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col) | |
| 467 r = dec(lp); | |
| 468 return r; | |
| 469 } | |
| 470 | |
| 471 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
472 * Get the line number relative to the current cursor position, i.e. the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
473 * difference between line number and cursor position. Only look for lines that |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
474 * can be visible, folded lines don't count. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
475 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
476 linenr_T |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
477 get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
478 win_T *wp; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
479 linenr_T lnum; /* line number to get the result for */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
480 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
481 linenr_T cursor = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
482 linenr_T retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
483 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
484 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
485 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
486 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
487 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
488 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
489 while (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
490 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
491 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
492 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
493 * now lnum <= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
494 if (lnum > cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
495 retval++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
496 lnum--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
497 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
498 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
499 else if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
500 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
501 while (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
502 { |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
503 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
504 /* if lnum and cursor are in the same fold, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
505 * now lnum >= cursor */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
506 if (lnum < cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
507 retval--; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
508 lnum++; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
509 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
510 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
511 /* else if (lnum == cursor) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
512 * retval = 0; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
513 */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
514 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
515 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
516 #endif |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
517 retval = lnum - cursor; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
518 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
519 return retval; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
520 } |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
521 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2027
diff
changeset
|
522 /* |
| 7 | 523 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid. |
| 524 */ | |
| 525 void | |
| 526 check_cursor_lnum() | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 529 { | |
| 530 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 531 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in | |
| 532 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */ | |
| 533 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
| 534 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL)) | |
| 535 #endif | |
| 536 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 537 } | |
| 538 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0) | |
| 539 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 | |
| 542 /* | |
| 543 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid. | |
| 544 */ | |
| 545 void | |
| 546 check_cursor_col() | |
| 547 { | |
| 548 colnr_T len; | |
| 549 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1841 | 550 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 551 colnr_T oldcoladd = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 7 | 552 #endif |
| 553 | |
| 554 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 555 if (len == 0) | |
| 556 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 557 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len) | |
| 558 { | |
| 1488 | 559 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line when: |
| 560 * - in Insert mode or restarting Insert mode | |
| 561 * - in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" | |
| 562 * - 'virtualedit' is set */ | |
| 620 | 563 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit |
| 7 | 564 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 565 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o') | |
| 566 #endif | |
| 1488 | 567 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 568 || (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 569 #endif | |
| 7 | 570 || virtual_active()) |
| 571 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 572 else | |
| 1099 | 573 { |
| 7 | 574 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1; |
| 1099 | 575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 576 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */ | |
| 577 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 578 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 579 #endif | |
| 580 } | |
| 7 | 581 } |
| 2027 | 582 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0) |
| 583 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7 | 584 |
| 585 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 586 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position, | |
| 587 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the | |
| 588 * line. */ | |
| 589 if (oldcol == MAXCOL) | |
| 590 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 591 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 1841 | 592 { |
| 593 if (oldcoladd > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 594 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcoladd - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 595 else | |
| 596 /* avoid weird number when there is a miscalculation or overflow */ | |
| 597 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 598 } | |
| 7 | 599 #endif |
| 600 } | |
| 601 | |
| 602 /* | |
| 603 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character | |
| 604 */ | |
| 605 void | |
| 606 check_cursor() | |
| 607 { | |
| 608 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 609 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 610 } | |
| 611 | |
| 612 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 613 /* | |
| 614 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line. | |
| 615 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old". | |
| 616 */ | |
| 617 void | |
| 618 adjust_cursor_col() | |
| 619 { | |
| 620 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 621 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 622 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o') | |
| 623 # endif | |
| 624 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 625 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 626 } | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 | |
| 629 /* | |
| 630 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position. | |
| 631 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved. | |
| 632 */ | |
| 633 int | |
| 634 leftcol_changed() | |
| 635 { | |
| 636 long lastcol; | |
| 637 colnr_T s, e; | |
| 638 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 639 | |
| 640 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 641 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1; | |
| 642 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 643 | |
| 644 /* | |
| 645 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first | |
| 646 * character. | |
| 647 */ | |
| 648 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)) | |
| 649 { | |
| 650 retval = TRUE; | |
| 651 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso)); | |
| 652 } | |
| 653 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso) | |
| 654 { | |
| 655 retval = TRUE; | |
| 656 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)); | |
| 657 } | |
| 658 | |
| 659 /* | |
| 660 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen, | |
| 661 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the | |
| 662 * line) adjust the scrolling. | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e); | |
| 665 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 retval = TRUE; | |
| 668 coladvance(s - 1); | |
| 669 } | |
| 670 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol) | |
| 671 { | |
| 672 retval = TRUE; | |
| 673 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */ | |
| 674 { | |
| 675 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */ | |
| 676 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 | |
| 680 if (retval) | |
| 681 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 682 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 683 return retval; | |
| 684 } | |
| 685 | |
| 686 /********************************************************************** | |
| 687 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory. | |
| 688 */ | |
| 689 | |
| 690 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 691 | |
| 692 # define MEM_SIZES 8200 | |
| 693 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 694 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES]; | |
| 695 static long_u mem_allocated; | |
| 696 static long_u mem_freed; | |
| 697 static long_u mem_peak; | |
| 698 static long_u num_alloc; | |
| 699 static long_u num_freed; | |
| 700 | |
| 701 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep)); | |
| 702 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep)); | |
| 703 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size)); | |
| 704 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp)); | |
| 705 | |
| 706 static void | |
| 707 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep) | |
| 708 size_t *sizep; | |
| 709 { | |
| 710 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 | |
| 713 static void | |
| 714 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep) | |
| 715 long_u *sizep; | |
| 716 { | |
| 717 *sizep += sizeof(size_t); | |
| 718 } | |
| 719 | |
| 720 static void | |
| 721 mem_post_alloc(pp, size) | |
| 722 void **pp; | |
| 723 size_t size; | |
| 724 { | |
| 725 if (*pp == NULL) | |
| 726 return; | |
| 727 size -= sizeof(size_t); | |
| 728 *(long_u *)*pp = size; | |
| 729 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 730 mem_allocs[size-1]++; | |
| 731 else | |
| 732 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 733 mem_allocated += size; | |
| 734 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak) | |
| 735 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed; | |
| 736 num_alloc++; | |
| 737 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 738 } | |
| 739 | |
| 740 static void | |
| 741 mem_pre_free(pp) | |
| 742 void **pp; | |
| 743 { | |
| 744 long_u size; | |
| 745 | |
| 746 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t)); | |
| 747 size = *(size_t *)*pp; | |
| 748 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1) | |
| 749 mem_frees[size-1]++; | |
| 750 else | |
| 751 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++; | |
| 752 mem_freed += size; | |
| 753 num_freed++; | |
| 754 } | |
| 755 | |
| 756 /* | |
| 757 * called on exit via atexit() | |
| 758 */ | |
| 759 void | |
| 760 vim_mem_profile_dump() | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 int i, j; | |
| 763 | |
| 764 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 765 j = 0; | |
| 766 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++) | |
| 767 { | |
| 768 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i]) | |
| 769 { | |
| 770 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 771 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: ")); | |
| 772 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 773 j++; | |
| 774 if (j > 3) | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 j = 0; | |
| 777 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 } | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 | |
| 782 i = MEM_SIZES - 1; | |
| 783 if (mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 784 { | |
| 785 printf("\r\n"); | |
| 786 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i]) | |
| 787 printf(_("ERROR: ")); | |
| 788 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]); | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 | |
| 791 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"), | |
| 792 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak); | |
| 793 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"), | |
| 794 num_alloc, num_freed); | |
| 795 } | |
| 796 | |
| 797 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */ | |
| 798 | |
| 799 /* | |
| 800 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to | |
| 801 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add(). | |
| 802 */ | |
| 803 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 804 # define SMALL_MEM | |
| 805 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L | |
| 806 #else | |
| 807 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L) | |
| 808 #endif | |
| 809 | |
| 810 /* | |
| 1576 | 811 * Note: if unsigned is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc(). |
| 7 | 812 * Use lalloc for larger blocks. |
| 813 */ | |
| 814 char_u * | |
| 815 alloc(size) | |
| 816 unsigned size; | |
| 817 { | |
| 818 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 819 } | |
| 820 | |
| 821 /* | |
| 822 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 823 */ | |
| 824 char_u * | |
| 825 alloc_clear(size) | |
| 826 unsigned size; | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | |
| 830 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 831 if (p != NULL) | |
| 832 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 833 return p; | |
| 834 } | |
| 835 | |
| 836 /* | |
| 837 * alloc() with check for maximum line length | |
| 838 */ | |
| 839 char_u * | |
| 840 alloc_check(size) | |
| 841 unsigned size; | |
| 842 { | |
| 843 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__) | |
| 844 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff) | |
| 845 { | |
| 846 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 847 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 848 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long")); | |
| 849 return NULL; | |
| 850 } | |
| 851 #endif | |
| 852 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE)); | |
| 853 } | |
| 854 | |
| 855 /* | |
| 856 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero. | |
| 857 */ | |
| 858 char_u * | |
| 859 lalloc_clear(size, message) | |
| 860 long_u size; | |
| 861 int message; | |
| 862 { | |
| 863 char_u *p; | |
| 864 | |
| 865 p = (lalloc(size, message)); | |
| 866 if (p != NULL) | |
| 867 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size); | |
| 868 return p; | |
| 869 } | |
| 870 | |
| 871 /* | |
| 872 * Low level memory allocation function. | |
| 873 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST! | |
| 874 */ | |
| 875 char_u * | |
| 876 lalloc(size, message) | |
| 877 long_u size; | |
| 878 int message; | |
| 879 { | |
| 880 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */ | |
| 881 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */ | |
| 882 int try_again; | |
| 883 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM) | |
| 884 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */ | |
| 885 #endif | |
| 886 | |
| 887 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */ | |
| 888 if (size == 0) | |
| 889 { | |
| 890 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 891 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 892 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size); | |
| 893 return NULL; | |
| 894 } | |
| 895 | |
| 896 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 897 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size); | |
| 898 #endif | |
| 899 | |
| 900 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP) | |
| 901 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */ | |
| 902 p = NULL; | |
| 903 else | |
| 904 #endif | |
| 905 | |
| 906 /* | |
| 907 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and | |
| 908 * if some blocks are released call malloc again. | |
| 909 */ | |
| 910 for (;;) | |
| 911 { | |
| 912 /* | |
| 913 * Handle three kind of systems: | |
| 914 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return. | |
| 915 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 916 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory. | |
| 917 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() | |
| 918 */ | |
| 919 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL) | |
| 920 { | |
| 921 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM | |
| 922 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */ | |
| 923 goto theend; | |
| 924 #else | |
| 925 # ifndef SMALL_MEM | |
| 926 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after | |
| 927 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */ | |
| 928 allocated += size; | |
| 929 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2) | |
| 930 goto theend; | |
| 931 allocated = 0; | |
| 932 # endif | |
| 933 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */ | |
| 934 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing) | |
| 935 { | |
| 1737 | 936 free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */ |
| 7 | 937 p = NULL; |
| 938 } | |
| 939 else | |
| 940 goto theend; | |
| 941 #endif | |
| 942 } | |
| 943 /* | |
| 944 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless | |
| 945 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively. | |
| 946 */ | |
| 947 if (releasing) | |
| 948 break; | |
| 949 releasing = TRUE; | |
| 448 | 950 |
| 951 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ | |
| 952 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */ | |
| 370 | 953 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 448 | 954 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */ |
| 955 #endif | |
| 956 | |
| 7 | 957 releasing = FALSE; |
| 958 if (!try_again) | |
| 959 break; | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 if (message && p == NULL) | |
| 963 do_outofmem_msg(size); | |
| 964 | |
| 965 theend: | |
| 966 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 967 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size); | |
| 968 #endif | |
| 969 return p; | |
| 970 } | |
| 971 | |
| 972 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 973 /* | |
| 974 * realloc() with memory profiling. | |
| 975 */ | |
| 976 void * | |
| 977 mem_realloc(ptr, size) | |
| 978 void *ptr; | |
| 979 size_t size; | |
| 980 { | |
| 981 void *p; | |
| 982 | |
| 983 mem_pre_free(&ptr); | |
| 984 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size); | |
| 985 | |
| 986 p = realloc(ptr, size); | |
| 987 | |
| 988 mem_post_alloc(&p, size); | |
| 989 | |
| 990 return p; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 #endif | |
| 993 | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each). | |
| 996 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read. | |
| 997 */ | |
| 998 void | |
| 999 do_outofmem_msg(size) | |
| 1000 long_u size; | |
| 1001 { | |
| 1002 if (!did_outofmem_msg) | |
| 1003 { | |
| 1004 /* Don't hide this message */ | |
| 1005 emsg_silent = 0; | |
| 1006 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size); | |
| 1007 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE; | |
| 1008 } | |
| 1009 } | |
| 1010 | |
| 356 | 1011 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 359 | 1012 |
| 1013 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1014 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1015 # endif | |
| 1016 | |
| 356 | 1017 /* |
| 1018 * Free everything that we allocated. | |
| 1019 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc. | |
| 359 | 1020 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be |
| 1021 * surprised if Vim crashes... | |
| 1022 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function. | |
| 356 | 1023 */ |
| 1024 void | |
| 1025 free_all_mem() | |
| 1026 { | |
| 1027 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf; | |
| 359 | 1028 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly. | |
| 1031 * Don't try freeing everything again. */ | |
| 1032 if (entered) | |
| 1033 return; | |
| 1034 entered = TRUE; | |
| 356 | 1035 |
| 1446 | 1036 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1410 | 1037 block_autocmds(); /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */ |
| 1446 | 1038 # endif |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
|
2363
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1041 /* Close all tabs and windows. Reset 'equalalways' to avoid redraws. */ |
|
acbb3a9ccc07
Avoid error when exiting in diff mode with EXITFREE defined.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2360
diff
changeset
|
1042 p_ea = FALSE; |
| 766 | 1043 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 1044 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!"); | |
| 1045 if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
| 1046 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!"); | |
| 1446 | 1047 # endif |
| 673 | 1048 |
| 741 | 1049 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL) |
| 356 | 1050 /* Free all spell info. */ |
| 1051 spell_free_all(); | |
| 1052 # endif | |
| 1053 | |
| 359 | 1054 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) |
| 356 | 1055 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */ |
| 1056 ex_comclear(NULL); | |
| 359 | 1057 # endif |
| 356 | 1058 |
| 1059 # ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 1060 /* Clear menus. */ | |
| 1061 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *"); | |
| 1993 | 1062 # ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
| 1063 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"menutranslate clear"); | |
| 1064 # endif | |
| 356 | 1065 # endif |
| 1066 | |
| 359 | 1067 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */ |
| 1993 | 1068 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"lmapclear"); |
| 1069 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"xmapclear"); | |
| 356 | 1070 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear"); |
| 1071 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!"); | |
| 1072 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear"); | |
| 359 | 1073 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 1074 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *"); | |
| 1075 # endif | |
| 362 | 1076 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE) |
| 1077 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *"); | |
| 1078 # endif | |
| 1828 | 1079 # if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) |
| 1080 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"set keymap="); | |
| 1081 #endif | |
| 359 | 1082 |
| 1083 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 1084 free_titles(); | |
| 1085 # endif | |
| 1086 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) | |
| 1087 free_findfile(); | |
| 1088 # endif | |
| 356 | 1089 |
| 1090 /* Obviously named calls. */ | |
| 1091 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
| 1092 free_all_autocmds(); | |
| 1093 # endif | |
| 1094 clear_termcodes(); | |
| 359 | 1095 free_all_options(); |
| 1096 free_all_marks(); | |
| 1097 alist_clear(&global_alist); | |
| 1098 free_homedir(); | |
| 1099 free_search_patterns(); | |
| 1100 free_old_sub(); | |
| 1101 free_last_insert(); | |
| 1102 free_prev_shellcmd(); | |
| 1103 free_regexp_stuff(); | |
| 1104 free_tag_stuff(); | |
| 1105 free_cd_dir(); | |
| 1828 | 1106 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS |
| 1107 free_signs(); | |
| 1108 # endif | |
| 1446 | 1109 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 359 | 1110 set_expr_line(NULL); |
| 1446 | 1111 # endif |
| 1112 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 673 | 1113 diff_clear(curtab); |
| 1446 | 1114 # endif |
| 626 | 1115 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */ |
| 359 | 1116 |
| 1117 /* Free some global vars. */ | |
| 1118 vim_free(username); | |
| 1422 | 1119 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 359 | 1120 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog); |
| 1422 | 1121 # endif |
| 359 | 1122 vim_free(last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1123 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 359 | 1124 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); |
| 1446 | 1125 # endif |
| 680 | 1126 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
| 359 | 1127 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 356 | 1128 |
| 1129 /* Clear cmdline history. */ | |
| 1130 p_hi = 0; | |
| 1446 | 1131 # ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST |
| 356 | 1132 init_history(); |
| 1446 | 1133 # endif |
| 356 | 1134 |
| 359 | 1135 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
| 1446 | 1136 { |
| 1863 | 1137 win_T *win; |
| 1138 tabpage_T *tab; | |
| 1446 | 1139 |
| 1140 qf_free_all(NULL); | |
| 1141 /* Free all location lists */ | |
| 1863 | 1142 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tab, win) |
| 1446 | 1143 qf_free_all(win); |
| 1144 } | |
| 359 | 1145 #endif |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 /* Close all script inputs. */ | |
| 1148 close_all_scripts(); | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 1151 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */ | |
| 1152 win_free_all(); | |
| 1153 #endif | |
| 1154 | |
| 1576 | 1155 /* Free all buffers. Reset 'autochdir' to avoid accessing things that |
| 1156 * were freed already. */ | |
| 1157 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCHDIR | |
| 1158 p_acd = FALSE; | |
| 1159 #endif | |
| 356 | 1160 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; ) |
| 1161 { | |
| 1162 nextbuf = buf->b_next; | |
| 1163 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE); | |
| 1164 if (buf_valid(buf)) | |
| 1165 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */ | |
| 1166 else | |
| 1167 buf = firstbuf; | |
| 1168 } | |
| 1169 | |
| 359 | 1170 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 1171 free_cmdline_buf(); | |
| 356 | 1172 #endif |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 /* Clear registers. */ | |
| 1175 clear_registers(); | |
| 1176 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1177 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 1178 | |
| 1071 | 1179 #if defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
| 359 | 1180 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName); |
| 1181 #endif | |
| 1182 | |
| 356 | 1183 /* highlight info */ |
| 1184 free_highlight(); | |
| 1185 | |
| 362 | 1186 reset_last_sourcing(); |
| 1187 | |
| 766 | 1188 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 853 | 1189 free_tabpage(first_tabpage); |
| 1190 first_tabpage = NULL; | |
| 766 | 1191 #endif |
| 1192 | |
| 356 | 1193 # ifdef UNIX |
| 1194 /* Machine-specific free. */ | |
| 1195 mch_free_mem(); | |
| 1196 # endif | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* message history */ | |
| 1199 for (;;) | |
| 1200 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL) | |
| 1201 break; | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1204 eval_clear(); | |
| 1205 # endif | |
| 1206 | |
| 359 | 1207 free_termoptions(); |
| 1208 | |
| 356 | 1209 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */ |
| 1210 free_screenlines(); | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 #if defined(USE_XSMP) | |
| 1213 xsmp_close(); | |
| 1214 #endif | |
| 359 | 1215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1216 gui_mch_free_all(); | |
| 1217 #endif | |
| 1218 clear_hl_tables(); | |
| 356 | 1219 |
| 1220 vim_free(IObuff); | |
| 1221 vim_free(NameBuff); | |
| 1222 } | |
| 1223 #endif | |
| 1224 | |
| 7 | 1225 /* |
| 1226 * copy a string into newly allocated memory | |
| 1227 */ | |
| 1228 char_u * | |
| 1229 vim_strsave(string) | |
| 1230 char_u *string; | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 char_u *p; | |
| 1233 unsigned len; | |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1; | |
| 1236 p = alloc(len); | |
| 1237 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1238 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len); | |
| 1239 return p; | |
| 1240 } | |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 char_u * | |
| 1243 vim_strnsave(string, len) | |
| 1244 char_u *string; | |
| 1245 int len; | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 char_u *p; | |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 1250 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 STRNCPY(p, string, len); | |
| 1253 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 1254 } | |
| 1255 return p; | |
| 1256 } | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 /* | |
| 1259 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded | |
| 1260 * by a backslash. | |
| 1261 */ | |
| 1262 char_u * | |
| 1263 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars) | |
| 1264 char_u *string; | |
| 1265 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 1266 { | |
| 16 | 1267 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE); |
| 7 | 1268 } |
| 1269 | |
| 1270 /* | |
| 1271 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape | |
| 1272 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash. | |
| 16 | 1273 * Escape the characters with "cc". |
| 7 | 1274 */ |
| 1275 char_u * | |
| 16 | 1276 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl) |
| 7 | 1277 char_u *string; |
| 1278 char_u *esc_chars; | |
| 16 | 1279 int cc; |
| 7 | 1280 int bsl; |
| 1281 { | |
| 1282 char_u *p; | |
| 1283 char_u *p2; | |
| 1284 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1285 unsigned length; | |
| 1286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1287 int l; | |
| 1288 #endif | |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 /* | |
| 1291 * First count the number of backslashes required. | |
| 1292 * Then allocate the memory and insert them. | |
| 1293 */ | |
| 1294 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */ | |
| 1295 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1296 { | |
| 1297 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1298 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1299 { |
| 1300 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */ | |
| 1301 p += l - 1; | |
| 1302 continue; | |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 #endif | |
| 1305 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 1306 ++length; /* count a backslash */ | |
| 1307 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */ | |
| 1308 } | |
| 1309 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1310 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1311 { | |
| 1312 p2 = escaped_string; | |
| 1313 for (p = string; *p; p++) | |
| 1314 { | |
| 1315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1316 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 7 | 1317 { |
| 1318 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l); | |
| 1319 p2 += l; | |
| 1320 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */ | |
| 1321 continue; | |
| 1322 } | |
| 1323 #endif | |
| 1324 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p))) | |
| 16 | 1325 *p2++ = cc; |
| 7 | 1326 *p2++ = *p; |
| 1327 } | |
| 1328 *p2 = NUL; | |
| 1329 } | |
| 1330 return escaped_string; | |
| 1331 } | |
| 1332 | |
| 1685 | 1333 /* |
| 1334 * Return TRUE when 'shell' has "csh" in the tail. | |
| 1335 */ | |
| 1336 int | |
| 1337 csh_like_shell() | |
| 1338 { | |
| 1339 return (strstr((char *)gettail(p_sh), "csh") != NULL); | |
| 1340 } | |
| 1712 | 1341 |
| 985 | 1342 /* |
| 1343 * Escape "string" for use as a shell argument with system(). | |
| 1993 | 1344 * This uses single quotes, except when we know we need to use double quotes |
| 985 | 1345 * (MS-DOS and MS-Windows without 'shellslash' set). |
| 1673 | 1346 * Escape a newline, depending on the 'shell' option. |
| 1347 * When "do_special" is TRUE also replace "!", "%", "#" and things starting | |
| 1348 * with "<" like "<cfile>". | |
| 985 | 1349 * Returns the result in allocated memory, NULL if we have run out. |
| 1350 */ | |
| 1351 char_u * | |
| 1661 | 1352 vim_strsave_shellescape(string, do_special) |
| 985 | 1353 char_u *string; |
| 1661 | 1354 int do_special; |
| 985 | 1355 { |
| 1356 unsigned length; | |
| 1357 char_u *p; | |
| 1358 char_u *d; | |
| 1359 char_u *escaped_string; | |
| 1661 | 1360 int l; |
| 1673 | 1361 int csh_like; |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 /* Only csh and similar shells expand '!' within single quotes. For sh and | |
| 1364 * the like we must not put a backslash before it, it will be taken | |
| 1365 * literally. If do_special is set the '!' will be escaped twice. | |
| 1366 * Csh also needs to have "\n" escaped twice when do_special is set. */ | |
| 1685 | 1367 csh_like = csh_like_shell(); |
| 985 | 1368 |
| 1369 /* First count the number of extra bytes required. */ | |
| 1072 | 1370 length = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 3; /* two quotes and a trailing NUL */ |
| 985 | 1371 for (p = string; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
| 1372 { | |
| 1373 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1374 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1375 { | |
| 1376 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1377 ++length; /* " -> "" */ | |
| 1378 } | |
| 1379 else | |
| 1380 # endif | |
| 1381 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1382 length += 3; /* ' => '\'' */ | |
| 1673 | 1383 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1386 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1387 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1388 } | |
| 1661 | 1389 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1390 { | |
| 1391 ++length; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1392 p += l - 1; | |
| 1393 } | |
| 985 | 1394 } |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 /* Allocate memory for the result and fill it. */ | |
| 1397 escaped_string = alloc(length); | |
| 1398 if (escaped_string != NULL) | |
| 1399 { | |
| 1400 d = escaped_string; | |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 /* add opening quote */ | |
| 1403 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1404 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1405 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1406 else | |
| 1407 # endif | |
| 1408 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 for (p = string; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 1411 { | |
| 1412 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1413 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1414 { | |
| 1415 if (*p == '"') | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1418 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1419 ++p; | |
| 1420 continue; | |
| 1421 } | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 else | |
| 1424 # endif | |
| 1425 if (*p == '\'') | |
| 1426 { | |
| 1661 | 1427 *d++ = '\''; |
| 1428 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1429 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1430 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 985 | 1431 ++p; |
| 1432 continue; | |
| 1433 } | |
| 1673 | 1434 if (*p == '\n' || (*p == '!' && (csh_like || do_special))) |
| 1435 { | |
| 1436 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1437 if (csh_like && do_special) | |
| 1438 *d++ = '\\'; | |
| 1439 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 1440 continue; | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1661 | 1442 if (do_special && find_cmdline_var(p, &l) >= 0) |
| 1443 { | |
| 1444 *d++ = '\\'; /* insert backslash */ | |
| 1445 while (--l >= 0) /* copy the var */ | |
| 1446 *d++ = *p++; | |
| 2009 | 1447 continue; |
| 1661 | 1448 } |
| 985 | 1449 |
| 1450 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, d); | |
| 1451 } | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 /* add terminating quote and finish with a NUL */ | |
| 1454 # if defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN16) || defined(DOS) | |
| 1455 if (!p_ssl) | |
| 1456 *d++ = '"'; | |
| 1457 else | |
| 1458 # endif | |
| 1459 *d++ = '\''; | |
| 1460 *d = NUL; | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 return escaped_string; | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 | |
| 7 | 1466 /* |
| 1467 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1468 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1469 */ | |
| 1470 char_u * | |
| 1471 vim_strsave_up(string) | |
| 1472 char_u *string; | |
| 1473 { | |
| 1474 char_u *p1; | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 p1 = vim_strsave(string); | |
| 1477 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1478 return p1; | |
| 1479 } | |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 /* | |
| 1482 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase. | |
| 1483 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1484 */ | |
| 1485 char_u * | |
| 1486 vim_strnsave_up(string, len) | |
| 1487 char_u *string; | |
| 1488 int len; | |
| 1489 { | |
| 1490 char_u *p1; | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len); | |
| 1493 vim_strup(p1); | |
| 1494 return p1; | |
| 1495 } | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 /* | |
| 1498 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent. | |
| 1499 */ | |
| 1500 void | |
| 1501 vim_strup(p) | |
| 1502 char_u *p; | |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 char_u *p2; | |
| 1505 int c; | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 p2 = p; | |
| 1510 while ((c = *p2) != NUL) | |
| 1511 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 1512 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c; | |
| 1513 #else | |
| 1514 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20); | |
| 1515 #endif | |
| 1516 } | |
| 1517 } | |
| 1518 | |
| 741 | 1519 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 323 | 1520 /* |
| 1521 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory. | |
| 1522 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible. | |
| 1523 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 1524 */ | |
| 1525 char_u * | |
| 1526 strup_save(orig) | |
| 1527 char_u *orig; | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 char_u *p; | |
| 1530 char_u *res; | |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 res = p = vim_strsave(orig); | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 if (res != NULL) | |
| 1535 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1536 { | |
| 1537 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1538 int l; | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 int c, uc; | |
| 1543 int nl; | |
| 1544 char_u *s; | |
| 1545 | |
| 1546 c = utf_ptr2char(p); | |
| 1547 uc = utf_toupper(c); | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare, | |
| 1550 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */ | |
| 474 | 1551 l = utf_ptr2len(p); |
| 323 | 1552 nl = utf_char2len(uc); |
| 1553 if (nl != l) | |
| 1554 { | |
| 1555 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l); | |
| 1556 if (s == NULL) | |
| 1557 break; | |
| 1558 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res); | |
| 1559 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l); | |
| 1560 p = s + (p - res); | |
| 1561 vim_free(res); | |
| 1562 res = s; | |
| 1563 } | |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 utf_char2bytes(uc, p); | |
| 1566 p += nl; | |
| 1567 } | |
| 474 | 1568 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
| 323 | 1569 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */ |
| 1570 else | |
| 1571 # endif | |
| 1572 { | |
| 1573 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */ | |
| 1574 p++; | |
| 1575 } | |
| 1576 } | |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 return res; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 #endif | |
| 1581 | |
| 7 | 1582 /* |
| 1583 * copy a space a number of times | |
| 1584 */ | |
| 1585 void | |
| 1586 copy_spaces(ptr, count) | |
| 1587 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1588 size_t count; | |
| 1589 { | |
| 1590 size_t i = count; | |
| 1591 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 while (i--) | |
| 1594 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1595 } | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1598 /* | |
| 1599 * Copy a character a number of times. | |
| 1993 | 1600 * Does not work for multi-byte characters! |
| 7 | 1601 */ |
| 1602 void | |
| 1603 copy_chars(ptr, count, c) | |
| 1604 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1605 size_t count; | |
| 1606 int c; | |
| 1607 { | |
| 1608 size_t i = count; | |
| 1609 char_u *p = ptr; | |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 while (i--) | |
| 1612 *p++ = c; | |
| 1613 } | |
| 1614 #endif | |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 /* | |
| 1617 * delete spaces at the end of a string | |
| 1618 */ | |
| 1619 void | |
| 1620 del_trailing_spaces(ptr) | |
| 1621 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1622 { | |
| 1623 char_u *q; | |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 1626 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V) | |
| 1627 *q = NUL; | |
| 1628 } | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 /* | |
| 323 | 1631 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL. |
| 378 | 1632 * "to" must be "len + 1" long! |
| 7 | 1633 */ |
| 1634 void | |
| 1635 vim_strncpy(to, from, len) | |
| 323 | 1636 char_u *to; |
| 1637 char_u *from; | |
| 418 | 1638 size_t len; |
| 7 | 1639 { |
| 323 | 1640 STRNCPY(to, from, len); |
| 1641 to[len] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 1642 } |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 /* | |
| 1645 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with | |
| 1646 * "sep_chars". | |
| 459 | 1647 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]". |
| 7 | 1648 * "*option" is advanced to the next part. |
| 1649 * The length is returned. | |
| 1650 */ | |
| 1651 int | |
| 1652 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars) | |
| 1653 char_u **option; | |
| 1654 char_u *buf; | |
| 1655 int maxlen; | |
| 1656 char *sep_chars; | |
| 1657 { | |
| 1658 int len = 0; | |
| 1659 char_u *p = *option; | |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */ | |
| 1662 if (*p == '.') | |
| 1663 buf[len++] = *p++; | |
| 1664 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL) | |
| 1665 { | |
| 1666 /* | |
| 1667 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space. | |
| 1668 */ | |
| 1669 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL) | |
| 1670 ++p; | |
| 1671 if (len < maxlen - 1) | |
| 1672 buf[len++] = *p; | |
| 1673 ++p; | |
| 1674 } | |
| 1675 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */ | |
| 1678 ++p; | |
| 1679 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */ | |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 *option = p; | |
| 1682 return len; | |
| 1683 } | |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 /* | |
| 625 | 1686 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers. |
| 1687 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly | |
| 1688 * signal that was caused by a crash in free(). | |
| 7 | 1689 */ |
| 1690 void | |
| 1691 vim_free(x) | |
| 1692 void *x; | |
| 1693 { | |
| 625 | 1694 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting) |
| 7 | 1695 { |
| 1696 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE | |
| 1697 mem_pre_free(&x); | |
| 1698 #endif | |
| 1699 free(x); | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 } | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET | |
| 1704 void * | |
| 1705 vim_memset(ptr, c, size) | |
| 1706 void *ptr; | |
| 1707 int c; | |
| 1708 size_t size; | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 char *p = ptr; | |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 while (size-- > 0) | |
| 1713 *p++ = c; | |
| 1714 return ptr; | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 #endif | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP | |
| 1719 /* | |
| 1720 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes. | |
| 1721 * Return non-zero otherwise. | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 int | |
| 1724 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len) | |
| 1725 void *b1; | |
| 1726 void *b2; | |
| 1727 size_t len; | |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2; | |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 for ( ; len > 0; --len) | |
| 1732 { | |
| 1733 if (*p1 != *p2) | |
| 1734 return 1; | |
| 1735 ++p1; | |
| 1736 ++p2; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 return 0; | |
| 1739 } | |
| 1740 #endif | |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE | |
| 1743 /* | |
| 1744 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination. | |
| 1745 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV). | |
| 1746 */ | |
| 1747 void | |
| 1748 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len) | |
| 1749 void *src_arg, *dst_arg; | |
| 1750 size_t len; | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 /* | |
| 1753 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers. | |
| 1754 */ | |
| 1755 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg; | |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 /* overlap, copy backwards */ | |
| 1758 if (dst > src && dst < src + len) | |
| 1759 { | |
| 1760 src += len; | |
| 1761 dst += len; | |
| 1762 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1763 *--dst = *--src; | |
| 1764 } | |
| 1765 else /* copy forwards */ | |
| 1766 while (len-- > 0) | |
| 1767 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 #endif | |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1772 /* | |
| 1773 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1774 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1775 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1776 */ | |
| 1777 int | |
| 1778 vim_stricmp(s1, s2) | |
| 1779 char *s1; | |
| 1780 char *s2; | |
| 1781 { | |
| 1782 int i; | |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 for (;;) | |
| 1785 { | |
| 1786 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1787 if (i != 0) | |
| 1788 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1789 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1790 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1791 ++s1; | |
| 1792 ++s2; | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 #endif | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1799 /* | |
| 1800 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale. | |
| 1801 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters. | |
| 1802 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger | |
| 1803 */ | |
| 1804 int | |
| 1805 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len) | |
| 1806 char *s1; | |
| 1807 char *s2; | |
| 1808 size_t len; | |
| 1809 { | |
| 1810 int i; | |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 while (len > 0) | |
| 1813 { | |
| 1814 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2); | |
| 1815 if (i != 0) | |
| 1816 return i; /* this character different */ | |
| 1817 if (*s1 == NUL) | |
| 1818 break; /* strings match until NUL */ | |
| 1819 ++s1; | |
| 1820 ++s2; | |
| 1821 --len; | |
| 1822 } | |
| 1823 return 0; /* strings match */ | |
| 1824 } | |
| 1825 #endif | |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 /* | |
| 1828 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings | |
| 170 | 1829 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a |
| 1830 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 7 | 1831 */ |
| 1832 char_u * | |
| 1833 vim_strchr(string, c) | |
| 1834 char_u *string; | |
| 1835 int c; | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 char_u *p; | |
| 1838 int b; | |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 p = string; | |
| 1841 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1842 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 1843 { | |
| 1844 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1845 { | |
| 1846 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c) | |
| 1847 return p; | |
| 474 | 1848 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1849 } |
| 1850 return NULL; | |
| 1851 } | |
| 1852 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255) | |
| 1853 { | |
| 1854 int n2 = c & 0xff; | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff; | |
| 1857 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1858 { | |
| 1859 if (b == c && p[1] == n2) | |
| 1860 return p; | |
| 474 | 1861 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1862 } |
| 1863 return NULL; | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1866 { | |
| 1867 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1868 { | |
| 1869 if (b == c) | |
| 1870 return p; | |
| 474 | 1871 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 1872 } |
| 1873 return NULL; | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 #endif | |
| 1876 while ((b = *p) != NUL) | |
| 1877 { | |
| 1878 if (b == c) | |
| 1879 return p; | |
| 1880 ++p; | |
| 1881 } | |
| 1882 return NULL; | |
| 1883 } | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 /* | |
| 170 | 1886 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char |
| 1887 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a | |
| 1888 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string. | |
| 1889 */ | |
| 1890 char_u * | |
| 1891 vim_strbyte(string, c) | |
| 1892 char_u *string; | |
| 1893 int c; | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 char_u *p = string; | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 if (*p == c) | |
| 1900 return p; | |
| 1901 ++p; | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 return NULL; | |
| 1904 } | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 /* | |
| 7 | 1907 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string". |
| 500 | 1908 * Return NULL if not found. |
| 170 | 1909 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"! |
| 7 | 1910 */ |
| 1911 char_u * | |
| 1912 vim_strrchr(string, c) | |
| 1913 char_u *string; | |
| 1914 int c; | |
| 1915 { | |
| 1916 char_u *retval = NULL; | |
| 170 | 1917 char_u *p = string; |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 while (*p) | |
| 7 | 1920 { |
| 170 | 1921 if (*p == c) |
| 1922 retval = p; | |
| 1923 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 7 | 1924 } |
| 1925 return retval; | |
| 1926 } | |
| 1927 | |
| 1928 /* | |
| 1929 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing. | |
| 1930 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used. | |
| 1931 */ | |
| 1932 #ifndef PROTO | |
| 1933 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK | |
| 1934 # ifdef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1935 # undef vim_strpbrk | |
| 1936 # endif | |
| 1937 char_u * | |
| 1938 vim_strpbrk(s, charset) | |
| 1939 char_u *s; | |
| 1940 char_u *charset; | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 while (*s) | |
| 1943 { | |
| 1944 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL) | |
| 1945 return s; | |
| 39 | 1946 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1947 } |
| 1948 return NULL; | |
| 1949 } | |
| 1950 # endif | |
| 1951 #endif | |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 /* | |
| 1954 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace() | |
| 1955 * can't handle characters above 128. | |
| 1956 */ | |
| 1957 int | |
| 1958 vim_isspace(x) | |
| 1959 int x; | |
| 1960 { | |
| 1961 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' '); | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 /************************************************************************ | |
| 119 | 1965 * Functions for handling growing arrays. |
| 7 | 1966 */ |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 /* | |
| 1969 * Clear an allocated growing array. | |
| 1970 */ | |
| 1971 void | |
| 1972 ga_clear(gap) | |
| 1973 garray_T *gap; | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 1976 ga_init(gap); | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 /* | |
| 1980 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings. | |
| 1981 */ | |
| 1982 void | |
| 1983 ga_clear_strings(gap) | |
| 1984 garray_T *gap; | |
| 1985 { | |
| 1986 int i; | |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) | |
| 1989 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); | |
| 1990 ga_clear(gap); | |
| 1991 } | |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 /* | |
| 1994 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and | |
| 1995 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2(). | |
| 1996 */ | |
| 1997 void | |
| 1998 ga_init(gap) | |
| 1999 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2000 { | |
| 2001 gap->ga_data = NULL; | |
| 41 | 2002 gap->ga_maxlen = 0; |
| 7 | 2003 gap->ga_len = 0; |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 void | |
| 2007 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize) | |
| 2008 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2009 int itemsize; | |
| 2010 int growsize; | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 ga_init(gap); | |
| 2013 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize; | |
| 2014 gap->ga_growsize = growsize; | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 /* | |
| 2018 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items. | |
| 2019 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. | |
| 2020 */ | |
| 2021 int | |
| 2022 ga_grow(gap, n) | |
| 2023 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2024 int n; | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 size_t len; | |
| 2027 char_u *pp; | |
| 2028 | |
| 41 | 2029 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n) |
| 7 | 2030 { |
| 2031 if (n < gap->ga_growsize) | |
| 2032 n = gap->ga_growsize; | |
| 2033 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n); | |
| 2034 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len); | |
| 2035 if (pp == NULL) | |
| 2036 return FAIL; | |
| 41 | 2037 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n; |
| 7 | 2038 if (gap->ga_data != NULL) |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data, | |
| 2041 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len)); | |
| 2042 vim_free(gap->ga_data); | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 gap->ga_data = pp; | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 return OK; | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 /* | |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2050 * For a growing array that contains a list of strings: concatenate all the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2051 * strings with a separating comma. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2052 * Returns NULL when out of memory. |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2053 */ |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2054 char_u * |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2055 ga_concat_strings(gap) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2056 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2057 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2058 int i; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2059 int len = 0; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2060 char_u *s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2061 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2062 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2063 len += (int)STRLEN(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]) + 1; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2065 s = alloc(len + 1); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2066 if (s != NULL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2067 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2068 *s = NUL; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2069 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2070 { |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2071 if (*s != NUL) |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2072 STRCAT(s, ","); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2073 STRCAT(s, ((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2074 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2075 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2076 return s; |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2077 } |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2445
diff
changeset
|
2079 /* |
| 7 | 2080 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters. |
| 2081 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end! | |
| 2082 */ | |
| 2083 void | |
| 2084 ga_concat(gap, s) | |
| 2085 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2086 char_u *s; | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 int len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK) | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len); | |
| 2093 gap->ga_len += len; | |
| 2094 } | |
| 2095 } | |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 /* | |
| 2098 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes. | |
| 2099 */ | |
| 2100 void | |
| 2101 ga_append(gap, c) | |
| 2102 garray_T *gap; | |
| 2103 int c; | |
| 2104 { | |
| 2105 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK) | |
| 2106 { | |
| 2107 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c; | |
| 2108 ++gap->ga_len; | |
| 2109 } | |
| 2110 } | |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 /************************************************************************ | |
| 2113 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with | |
| 2114 * special key codes. | |
| 2115 */ | |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 /* | |
| 2118 * Some useful tables. | |
| 2119 */ | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 static struct modmasktable | |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2124 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */ | |
| 2125 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */ | |
| 2126 } mod_mask_table[] = | |
| 2127 { | |
| 2128 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'}, | |
| 179 | 2129 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'}, |
| 7 | 2130 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'}, |
| 2131 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'}, | |
| 2132 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'}, | |
| 2133 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'}, | |
| 2134 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'}, | |
| 2135 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2136 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'}, | |
| 2137 #endif | |
| 2138 /* 'A' must be the last one */ | |
| 2139 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'}, | |
| 2140 {0, 0, NUL} | |
| 2141 }; | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 /* | |
| 2144 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent. | |
| 1209 | 2145 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled separately! |
| 7 | 2146 */ |
| 2147 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5 | |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] = | |
| 2150 { | |
| 2151 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */ | |
| 2152 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */ | |
| 2153 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */ | |
| 2154 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */ | |
| 2155 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */ | |
| 2156 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */ | |
| 2157 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */ | |
| 2158 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */ | |
| 2159 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2160 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */ | |
| 2161 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */ | |
| 2162 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */ | |
| 2163 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */ | |
| 2164 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2165 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */ | |
| 2166 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */ | |
| 2167 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2168 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */ | |
| 2169 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */ | |
| 2170 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */ | |
| 2171 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */ | |
| 2172 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */ | |
| 2173 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */ | |
| 2174 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */ | |
| 2175 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */ | |
| 2176 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */ | |
| 2177 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2178 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */ | |
| 2179 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */ | |
| 2180 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */ | |
| 2181 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */ | |
| 2182 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */ | |
| 2183 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */ | |
| 2184 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */ | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 /* vt100 F1 */ | |
| 2187 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1, | |
| 2188 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2, | |
| 2189 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3, | |
| 2190 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4, | |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */ | |
| 2193 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2', | |
| 2194 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3', | |
| 2195 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4', | |
| 2196 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5', | |
| 2197 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6', | |
| 2198 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7', | |
| 2199 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8', | |
| 2200 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9', | |
| 2201 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */ | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1', | |
| 2204 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2', | |
| 2205 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3', | |
| 2206 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4', | |
| 2207 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5', | |
| 2208 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6', | |
| 2209 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7', | |
| 2210 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8', | |
| 2211 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9', | |
| 2212 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A', | |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B', | |
| 2215 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C', | |
| 2216 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D', | |
| 2217 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E', | |
| 2218 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F', | |
| 2219 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G', | |
| 2220 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H', | |
| 2221 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I', | |
| 2222 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J', | |
| 2223 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K', | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L', | |
| 2226 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M', | |
| 2227 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N', | |
| 2228 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O', | |
| 2229 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P', | |
| 2230 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q', | |
| 2231 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R', | |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 /* TAB pseudo code*/ | |
| 2234 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB, | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 NUL | |
| 2237 }; | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 static struct key_name_entry | |
| 2240 { | |
| 2241 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */ | |
| 2242 char_u *name; /* Name of key */ | |
| 2243 } key_names_table[] = | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"}, | |
| 2246 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2247 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"}, | |
| 2248 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"}, | |
| 2249 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2250 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2251 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2252 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"}, | |
| 2253 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2254 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2255 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"}, | |
| 2256 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2257 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"}, | |
| 2258 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"}, | |
| 2259 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"}, | |
| 2260 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"}, | |
| 2261 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"}, | |
| 2262 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"}, | |
| 2263 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2264 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"}, | |
| 2265 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"}, | |
| 2266 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"}, | |
| 2267 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"}, | |
| 2268 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"}, | |
| 180 | 2269 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"}, |
| 2270 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"}, | |
| 2271 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"}, | |
| 2272 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"}, | |
| 7 | 2273 |
| 2274 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"}, | |
| 2275 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"}, | |
| 2276 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"}, | |
| 2277 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"}, | |
| 2278 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"}, | |
| 2279 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"}, | |
| 2280 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"}, | |
| 2281 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"}, | |
| 2282 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"}, | |
| 2283 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"}, | |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"}, | |
| 2286 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"}, | |
| 2287 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"}, | |
| 2288 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"}, | |
| 2289 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"}, | |
| 2290 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"}, | |
| 2291 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"}, | |
| 2292 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"}, | |
| 2293 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"}, | |
| 2294 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"}, | |
| 2295 | |
| 2296 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"}, | |
| 2297 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"}, | |
| 2298 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"}, | |
| 2299 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"}, | |
| 2300 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"}, | |
| 2301 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"}, | |
| 2302 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"}, | |
| 2303 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"}, | |
| 2304 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"}, | |
| 2305 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"}, | |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"}, | |
| 2308 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"}, | |
| 2309 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"}, | |
| 2310 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"}, | |
| 2311 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"}, | |
| 2312 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"}, | |
| 2313 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"}, | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"}, | |
| 2316 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"}, | |
| 2317 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"}, | |
| 2318 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"}, | |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"}, | |
| 2321 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"}, | |
| 2322 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"}, | |
| 2323 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */ | |
| 2324 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"}, | |
| 2325 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"}, | |
| 2326 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"}, | |
| 2327 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"}, | |
| 230 | 2328 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"}, |
| 7 | 2329 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"}, |
| 2330 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"}, | |
| 2331 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"}, | |
| 230 | 2332 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"}, |
| 7 | 2333 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"}, |
| 2334 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"}, | |
| 2335 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"}, | |
| 2336 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"}, | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"}, | |
| 2339 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"}, | |
| 2340 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"}, | |
| 2341 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"}, | |
| 2342 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"}, | |
| 2343 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"}, | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"}, | |
| 2346 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"}, | |
| 2347 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"}, | |
| 2348 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"}, | |
| 2349 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"}, | |
| 2350 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"}, | |
| 2351 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"}, | |
| 2352 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"}, | |
| 2353 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"}, | |
| 2354 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"}, | |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"}, | |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"}, | |
| 2359 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"}, | |
| 2360 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"}, | |
| 2361 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"}, | |
| 2362 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"}, | |
| 2363 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"}, | |
| 2364 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"}, | |
| 2365 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"}, | |
| 2366 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"}, | |
| 2367 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"}, | |
| 2368 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"}, | |
| 2369 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"}, | |
| 2370 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"}, | |
| 2371 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"}, | |
| 2372 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"}, | |
| 2373 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"}, | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2374 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelUp"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2375 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelDown"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2376 {K_MOUSELEFT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelRight"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2377 {K_MOUSERIGHT, (char_u *)"ScrollWheelLeft"}, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2378 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"}, /* OBSOLETE: Use */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2363
diff
changeset
|
2379 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"}, /* ScrollWheelXXX instead */ |
| 7 | 2380 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"}, |
| 2381 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"}, | |
| 2382 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"}, | |
| 2383 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"}, | |
| 2384 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"}, | |
| 2385 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"}, | |
| 2386 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"}, | |
| 2387 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"}, | |
| 2388 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 2389 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"}, | |
| 2390 #endif | |
| 2391 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"}, | |
| 2392 {0, NULL} | |
| 2393 }; | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry)) | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 2398 static struct mousetable | |
| 2399 { | |
| 2400 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */ | |
| 2401 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */ | |
| 2402 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */ | |
| 2403 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */ | |
| 2404 } mouse_table[] = | |
| 2405 { | |
| 2406 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2407 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2408 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2409 #endif | |
| 2410 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2411 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2412 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2413 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2414 #endif | |
| 2415 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2416 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2417 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2418 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2419 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2420 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2421 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2422 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2423 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2424 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE}, | |
| 2425 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2426 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2427 /* DRAG without CLICK */ | |
| 2428 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE}, | |
| 2429 /* RELEASE without CLICK */ | |
| 2430 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE}, | |
| 2431 {0, 0, 0, 0}, | |
| 2432 }; | |
| 2433 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 /* | |
| 2436 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given | |
| 2437 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc). | |
| 2438 */ | |
| 2439 int | |
| 2440 name_to_mod_mask(c) | |
| 2441 int c; | |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 int i; | |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c); | |
| 2446 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++) | |
| 2447 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name) | |
| 2448 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag; | |
| 2449 return 0; | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 /* | |
| 2453 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the | |
| 2454 * modifiers specified. | |
| 2455 */ | |
| 2456 int | |
| 2457 simplify_key(key, modifiers) | |
| 2458 int key; | |
| 2459 int *modifiers; | |
| 2460 { | |
| 2461 int i; | |
| 2462 int key0; | |
| 2463 int key1; | |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 2466 { | |
| 2467 /* TAB is a special case */ | |
| 2468 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 2469 { | |
| 2470 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2471 return K_S_TAB; | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2474 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2475 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2476 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3] | |
| 2477 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4] | |
| 2478 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i])) | |
| 2479 { | |
| 2480 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2481 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1], | |
| 2482 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]); | |
| 2483 } | |
| 2484 } | |
| 2485 return key; | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 /* | |
| 180 | 2489 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc. |
| 2490 */ | |
| 2491 int | |
| 2492 handle_x_keys(key) | |
| 2493 int key; | |
| 2494 { | |
| 2495 switch (key) | |
| 2496 { | |
| 2497 case K_XUP: return K_UP; | |
| 2498 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN; | |
| 2499 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT; | |
| 2500 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT; | |
| 2501 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME; | |
| 230 | 2502 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME; |
| 180 | 2503 case K_XEND: return K_END; |
| 230 | 2504 case K_ZEND: return K_END; |
| 180 | 2505 case K_XF1: return K_F1; |
| 2506 case K_XF2: return K_F2; | |
| 2507 case K_XF3: return K_F3; | |
| 2508 case K_XF4: return K_F4; | |
| 2509 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1; | |
| 2510 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2; | |
| 2511 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3; | |
| 2512 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4; | |
| 2513 } | |
| 2514 return key; | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 /* | |
| 7 | 2518 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given |
| 2519 * modifiers are down. | |
| 2520 */ | |
| 2521 char_u * | |
| 2522 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers) | |
| 2523 int c; | |
| 2524 int modifiers; | |
| 2525 { | |
| 2526 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1]; | |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 int i, idx; | |
| 2529 int table_idx; | |
| 2530 char_u *s; | |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 string[0] = '<'; | |
| 2533 idx = 1; | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */ | |
| 2536 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY) | |
| 2537 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 /* | |
| 2540 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier. | |
| 2541 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers. | |
| 2542 */ | |
| 2543 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2544 { | |
| 2545 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE) | |
| 2546 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1] | |
| 2547 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2]) | |
| 2548 { | |
| 2549 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i]; | |
| 2550 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3], | |
| 2551 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]); | |
| 2552 break; | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 } | |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 /* try to find the key in the special key table */ | |
| 2557 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 /* | |
| 2560 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to | |
| 2561 * extract modifiers. | |
| 2562 */ | |
| 2563 if (c > 0 | |
| 2564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2565 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1 | |
| 2566 #endif | |
| 2567 ) | |
| 2568 { | |
| 2569 if (table_idx < 0 | |
| 2570 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ') | |
| 2571 && (c & 0x80)) | |
| 2572 { | |
| 2573 c &= 0x7f; | |
| 2574 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 2575 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */ | |
| 2576 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c); | |
| 2577 } | |
| 2578 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ') | |
| 2579 { | |
| 2580 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2581 c = CtrlChar(c); | |
| 2582 #else | |
| 2583 c += '@'; | |
| 2584 #endif | |
| 2585 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2586 } | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 /* translate the modifier into a string */ | |
| 2590 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++) | |
| 2591 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask) | |
| 2592 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag) | |
| 2593 { | |
| 2594 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name; | |
| 2595 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-'; | |
| 2596 } | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */ | |
| 2599 { | |
| 2600 if (IS_SPECIAL(c)) | |
| 2601 { | |
| 2602 string[idx++] = 't'; | |
| 2603 string[idx++] = '_'; | |
| 2604 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c); | |
| 2605 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c); | |
| 2606 } | |
| 2607 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */ | |
| 2608 else | |
| 2609 { | |
| 2610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2611 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 2612 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx); | |
| 2613 else | |
| 2614 #endif | |
| 2615 if (vim_isprintc(c)) | |
| 2616 string[idx++] = c; | |
| 2617 else | |
| 2618 { | |
| 2619 s = transchar(c); | |
| 2620 while (*s) | |
| 2621 string[idx++] = *s++; | |
| 2622 } | |
| 2623 } | |
| 2624 } | |
| 2625 else /* use name of special key */ | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name); | |
| 2628 idx = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 2629 } | |
| 2630 string[idx++] = '>'; | |
| 2631 string[idx] = NUL; | |
| 2632 return string; | |
| 2633 } | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 /* | |
| 2636 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[]. | |
| 2637 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match. | |
| 2638 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2639 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)! | |
| 2640 */ | |
| 2641 int | |
| 2642 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode) | |
| 2643 char_u **srcp; | |
| 2644 char_u *dst; | |
| 2645 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ | |
| 2646 { | |
| 2647 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 2648 int key; | |
| 2649 int dlen = 0; | |
| 2650 | |
| 1775 | 2651 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2652 if (key == 0) |
| 2653 return 0; | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */ | |
| 2656 if (modifiers != 0) | |
| 2657 { | |
| 2658 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2659 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2660 dst[dlen++] = modifiers; | |
| 2661 } | |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 if (IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2664 { | |
| 2665 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 2666 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key); | |
| 2667 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key); | |
| 2668 } | |
| 2669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2670 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode) | |
| 2671 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen); | |
| 2672 #endif | |
| 2673 else if (keycode) | |
| 2674 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst); | |
| 2675 else | |
| 2676 dst[dlen++] = key; | |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 return dlen; | |
| 2679 } | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 /* | |
| 2682 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers. | |
| 2683 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name. | |
| 2684 * returns 0 if there is no match. | |
| 2685 */ | |
| 2686 int | |
| 1775 | 2687 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode, keep_x_key) |
| 7 | 2688 char_u **srcp; |
| 2689 int *modp; | |
| 1775 | 2690 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */ |
| 2691 int keep_x_key; /* don't translate xHome to Home key */ | |
| 7 | 2692 { |
| 2693 char_u *last_dash; | |
| 2694 char_u *end_of_name; | |
| 2695 char_u *src; | |
| 2696 char_u *bp; | |
| 2697 int modifiers; | |
| 2698 int bit; | |
| 2699 int key; | |
| 835 | 2700 unsigned long n; |
| 7 | 2701 |
| 2702 src = *srcp; | |
| 2703 if (src[0] != '<') | |
| 2704 return 0; | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 /* Find end of modifier list */ | |
| 2707 last_dash = src; | |
| 2708 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++) | |
| 2709 { | |
| 2710 if (*bp == '-') | |
| 2711 { | |
| 2712 last_dash = bp; | |
| 2713 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>') | |
| 2714 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */ | |
| 2715 } | |
| 2716 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3]) | |
| 2717 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */ | |
| 2718 } | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */ | |
| 2721 { | |
| 2722 end_of_name = bp + 1; | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6])) | |
| 2725 { | |
| 2726 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */ | |
| 2727 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n); | |
| 2728 *modp = 0; | |
| 2729 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2730 return (int)n; | |
| 2731 } | |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 /* Which modifiers are given? */ | |
| 2734 modifiers = 0x0; | |
| 2735 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++) | |
| 2736 { | |
| 2737 if (*bp != '-') | |
| 2738 { | |
| 2739 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp); | |
| 2740 if (bit == 0x0) | |
| 2741 break; /* Illegal modifier name */ | |
| 2742 modifiers |= bit; | |
| 2743 } | |
| 2744 } | |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 /* | |
| 2747 * Legal modifier name. | |
| 2748 */ | |
| 2749 if (bp >= last_dash) | |
| 2750 { | |
| 2751 /* | |
| 2752 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name. | |
| 2753 */ | |
| 2754 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>') | |
| 2755 key = last_dash[1]; | |
| 2756 else | |
| 180 | 2757 { |
| 7 | 2758 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1); |
| 1775 | 2759 if (!keep_x_key) |
| 2760 key = handle_x_keys(key); | |
| 180 | 2761 } |
| 7 | 2762 |
| 2763 /* | |
| 2764 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid | |
| 2765 * special key name. | |
| 2766 */ | |
| 2767 if (key != NUL) | |
| 2768 { | |
| 2769 /* | |
| 2770 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that | |
| 2771 * includes the modifier. | |
| 2772 */ | |
| 2773 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 if (!keycode) | |
| 2776 { | |
| 2777 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */ | |
| 2778 if (key == K_BS) | |
| 2779 key = BS; | |
| 2780 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL) | |
| 2781 key = DEL; | |
| 2782 } | |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 /* | |
| 2785 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code. | |
| 2786 */ | |
| 2787 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key)) | |
| 2788 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers); | |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2791 *srcp = end_of_name; | |
| 2792 return key; | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 } | |
| 2795 } | |
| 2796 return 0; | |
| 2797 } | |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 /* | |
| 2800 * Try to include modifiers in the key. | |
| 2801 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc. | |
| 2802 */ | |
| 2803 int | |
| 2804 extract_modifiers(key, modp) | |
| 2805 int key; | |
| 2806 int *modp; | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 int modifiers = *modp; | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2811 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */ | |
| 2812 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 2813 #endif | |
| 2814 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2815 { | |
| 2816 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key); | |
| 2817 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2818 } | |
| 2819 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2820 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 2821 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use: | |
| 2822 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?') | |
| 2823 * ??? */ | |
| 2824 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key) | |
| 2825 != NULL | |
| 2826 #else | |
| 2827 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key)) | |
| 2828 #endif | |
| 2829 ) | |
| 2830 { | |
| 2831 key = Ctrl_chr(key); | |
| 2832 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2833 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */ | |
| 2834 if (key == 0) | |
| 2835 key = K_ZERO; | |
| 2836 } | |
| 2837 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 2838 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */ | |
| 2839 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 2840 #endif | |
| 2841 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80 | |
| 2842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2843 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */ | |
| 2844 #endif | |
| 2845 ) | |
| 2846 { | |
| 2847 key |= 0x80; | |
| 2848 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */ | |
| 2849 } | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 *modp = modifiers; | |
| 2852 return key; | |
| 2853 } | |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 /* | |
| 2856 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table. | |
| 2857 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found. | |
| 2858 */ | |
| 2859 int | |
| 2860 find_special_key_in_table(c) | |
| 2861 int c; | |
| 2862 { | |
| 2863 int i; | |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2866 if (c == key_names_table[i].key) | |
| 2867 break; | |
| 2868 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL) | |
| 2869 i = -1; | |
| 2870 return i; | |
| 2871 } | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 /* | |
| 2874 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to | |
| 2875 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar). | |
| 2876 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a | |
| 2877 * termcap name. | |
| 2878 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found. | |
| 2879 */ | |
| 2880 int | |
| 2881 get_special_key_code(name) | |
| 2882 char_u *name; | |
| 2883 { | |
| 2884 char_u *table_name; | |
| 2885 char_u string[3]; | |
| 2886 int i, j; | |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 /* | |
| 2889 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap | |
| 2890 */ | |
| 2891 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL) | |
| 2892 { | |
| 2893 string[0] = name[2]; | |
| 2894 string[1] = name[3]; | |
| 2895 string[2] = NUL; | |
| 2896 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK) | |
| 2897 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]); | |
| 2898 } | |
| 2899 else | |
| 2900 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++) | |
| 2901 { | |
| 2902 table_name = key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 2903 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++) | |
| 2904 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j])) | |
| 2905 break; | |
| 2906 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL) | |
| 2907 return key_names_table[i].key; | |
| 2908 } | |
| 2909 return 0; | |
| 2910 } | |
| 2911 | |
| 1661 | 2912 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 2913 char_u * |
| 2914 get_key_name(i) | |
| 2915 int i; | |
| 2916 { | |
| 1881 | 2917 if (i >= (int)KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN) |
| 7 | 2918 return NULL; |
| 2919 return key_names_table[i].name; | |
| 2920 } | |
| 2921 #endif | |
| 2922 | |
| 1661 | 2923 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 2924 /* |
| 2925 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other | |
| 2926 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released. | |
| 2927 */ | |
| 2928 int | |
| 2929 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 2930 int code; | |
| 2931 int *is_click; | |
| 2932 int *is_drag; | |
| 2933 { | |
| 2934 int i; | |
| 2935 | |
| 2936 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 2937 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code) | |
| 2938 { | |
| 2939 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click; | |
| 2940 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag; | |
| 2941 return mouse_table[i].button; | |
| 2942 } | |
| 2943 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */ | |
| 2944 } | |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 /* | |
| 2947 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on | |
| 2948 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the | |
| 2949 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released. | |
| 2950 */ | |
| 2951 int | |
| 2952 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag) | |
| 2953 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */ | |
| 2954 int is_click; | |
| 2955 int is_drag; | |
| 2956 { | |
| 2957 int i; | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++) | |
| 2960 if (button == mouse_table[i].button | |
| 2961 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click | |
| 2962 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag) | |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 263 | 2965 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1 |
| 2966 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in | |
| 2967 * gui_mouse_moved() */ | |
| 2968 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF) | |
| 7 | 2969 { |
| 263 | 2970 if (mouse_col < 0) |
| 2971 mouse_col = 0; | |
| 2972 else | |
| 2973 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF; | |
| 7 | 2974 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 2975 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM; | |
| 2976 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE) | |
| 2977 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM; | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 #endif | |
| 2980 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; | |
| 2981 } | |
| 1209 | 2982 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recognized, ignore it */ |
| 7 | 2983 } |
| 2984 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 /* | |
| 2987 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 2988 */ | |
| 2989 int | |
| 2990 get_fileformat(buf) | |
| 2991 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 int c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u') | |
| 2996 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 2997 if (c == 'm') | |
| 2998 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 2999 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 /* | |
| 3003 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val" | |
| 3004 * argument. | |
| 3005 */ | |
| 3006 int | |
| 3007 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap) | |
| 3008 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3009 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
| 3010 { | |
| 3011 int c; | |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0) | |
| 3014 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff]; | |
| 3015 else | |
| 3016 { | |
| 3017 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0) | |
| 3018 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin) | |
| 3019 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3020 c = *buf->b_p_ff; | |
| 3021 } | |
| 3022 if (c == 'u') | |
| 3023 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3024 if (c == 'm') | |
| 3025 return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3026 return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3027 } | |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 /* | |
| 3030 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC. | |
| 3031 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'. | |
| 3032 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'! | |
| 3033 */ | |
| 3034 void | |
| 3035 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags) | |
| 3036 int t; | |
| 3037 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */ | |
| 3038 { | |
| 3039 char *p = NULL; | |
| 3040 | |
| 3041 switch (t) | |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 case EOL_DOS: | |
| 3044 p = FF_DOS; | |
| 3045 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE; | |
| 3046 break; | |
| 3047 case EOL_UNIX: | |
| 3048 p = FF_UNIX; | |
| 3049 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3050 break; | |
| 3051 case EOL_MAC: | |
| 3052 p = FF_MAC; | |
| 3053 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE; | |
| 3054 break; | |
| 3055 } | |
| 3056 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3057 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p, | |
| 694 | 3058 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0); |
| 3059 | |
| 7 | 3060 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 671 | 3061 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */ |
| 7 | 3062 check_status(curbuf); |
| 673 | 3063 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3064 #endif |
| 3065 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3066 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3067 #endif | |
| 3068 } | |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 /* | |
| 3071 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'. | |
| 3072 */ | |
| 3073 int | |
| 3074 default_fileformat() | |
| 3075 { | |
| 3076 switch (*p_ffs) | |
| 3077 { | |
| 3078 case 'm': return EOL_MAC; | |
| 3079 case 'd': return EOL_DOS; | |
| 3080 } | |
| 3081 return EOL_UNIX; | |
| 3082 } | |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 /* | |
| 3085 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added. | |
| 3086 */ | |
| 3087 int | |
| 3088 call_shell(cmd, opt) | |
| 3089 char_u *cmd; | |
| 3090 int opt; | |
| 3091 { | |
| 3092 char_u *ncmd; | |
| 3093 int retval; | |
| 170 | 3094 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 3095 proftime_T wait_time; | |
| 3096 #endif | |
| 7 | 3097 |
| 3098 if (p_verbose > 3) | |
| 3099 { | |
| 293 | 3100 verbose_enter(); |
| 273 | 3101 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""), |
| 7 | 3102 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd); |
| 3103 out_char('\n'); | |
| 3104 cursor_on(); | |
| 293 | 3105 verbose_leave(); |
| 7 | 3106 } |
| 3107 | |
| 170 | 3108 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3109 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3110 prof_child_enter(&wait_time); |
| 3111 #endif | |
| 3112 | |
| 7 | 3113 if (*p_sh == NUL) |
| 3114 { | |
| 3115 EMSG(_(e_shellempty)); | |
| 3116 retval = -1; | |
| 3117 } | |
| 3118 else | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
| 3121 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */ | |
| 3122 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE); | |
| 3123 #endif | |
| 3124 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3125 ++hold_gui_events; | |
| 3126 #endif | |
| 3127 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */ | |
| 3128 tag_freematch(); | |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL) | |
| 3131 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt); | |
| 3132 else | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1)); | |
| 3135 if (ncmd != NULL) | |
| 3136 { | |
| 3137 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3138 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd); | |
| 3139 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq); | |
| 3140 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt); | |
| 3141 vim_free(ncmd); | |
| 3142 } | |
| 3143 else | |
| 3144 retval = -1; | |
| 3145 } | |
| 3146 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3147 --hold_gui_events; | |
| 3148 #endif | |
| 3149 /* | |
| 3150 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the | |
| 3151 * external command. | |
| 3152 */ | |
| 3153 shell_resized_check(); | |
| 3154 } | |
| 3155 | |
| 3156 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3157 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval); | |
| 170 | 3158 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE |
| 789 | 3159 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES) |
| 170 | 3160 prof_child_exit(&wait_time); |
| 3161 # endif | |
| 7 | 3162 #endif |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 return retval; | |
| 3165 } | |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 /* | |
| 789 | 3168 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to |
| 3169 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State. | |
| 7 | 3170 */ |
| 3171 int | |
| 3172 get_real_state() | |
| 3173 { | |
| 3174 if (State & NORMAL) | |
| 3175 { | |
| 3176 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3177 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 789 | 3178 { |
| 3179 if (VIsual_select) | |
| 3180 return SELECTMODE; | |
| 7 | 3181 return VISUAL; |
| 789 | 3182 } |
| 7 | 3183 else |
| 3184 #endif | |
| 3185 if (finish_op) | |
| 789 | 3186 return OP_PENDING; |
| 7 | 3187 } |
| 3188 return State; | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 | |
| 39 | 3191 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3192 /* | |
| 3193 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator. | |
| 3194 * Take care of multi-byte characters. | |
| 3195 * "b" must point to the start of the file name | |
| 3196 */ | |
| 3197 int | |
| 3198 after_pathsep(b, p) | |
| 3199 char_u *b; | |
| 3200 char_u *p; | |
| 3201 { | |
| 3202 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1]) | |
| 3203 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 #endif | |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 /* | |
| 3208 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory. | |
| 3209 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path. | |
| 3210 */ | |
| 3211 int | |
| 3212 same_directory(f1, f2) | |
| 3213 char_u *f1; | |
| 3214 char_u *f2; | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3217 char_u *t1; | |
| 3218 char_u *t2; | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 /* safety check */ | |
| 3221 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL) | |
| 3222 return FALSE; | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 3225 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname); | |
| 3226 t2 = gettail_sep(f2); | |
| 3227 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2 | |
| 3228 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0); | |
| 3229 } | |
| 3230 | |
| 7 | 3231 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \ |
| 574 | 3232 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \ |
| 11 | 3233 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \ |
| 7 | 3234 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \ |
| 3235 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3236 /* | |
| 3237 * Change to a file's directory. | |
| 3238 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()! | |
| 3239 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 3240 */ | |
| 3241 int | |
| 3242 vim_chdirfile(fname) | |
| 3243 char_u *fname; | |
| 3244 { | |
| 39 | 3245 char_u dir[MAXPATHL]; |
| 3246 | |
| 418 | 3247 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 39 | 3248 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL; |
| 3249 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7 | 3250 } |
| 3251 #endif | |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3254 /* | |
| 3255 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory. | |
| 3256 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name. | |
| 3257 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory. | |
| 3258 */ | |
| 3259 int | |
| 3260 illegal_slash(name) | |
| 3261 char *name; | |
| 3262 { | |
| 3263 if (name[0] == NUL) | |
| 3264 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */ | |
| 3265 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/') | |
| 3266 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */ | |
| 3267 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name)) | |
| 3268 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */ | |
| 3269 return TRUE; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 #endif | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 /* | |
| 3276 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes. | |
| 3277 */ | |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] = | |
| 3280 { | |
| 3281 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape' | |
| 3282 * defaults when Vim starts. | |
| 3283 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */ | |
| 3284 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3285 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3286 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3287 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3288 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3289 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3290 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3291 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3292 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3293 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3294 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3295 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3296 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3297 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3298 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3299 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE}, | |
| 3300 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR}, | |
| 3301 }; | |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3304 /* | |
| 3305 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for | |
| 3306 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!. | |
| 3307 */ | |
| 3308 static char * mshape_names[] = | |
| 3309 { | |
| 3310 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */ | |
| 3311 "blank", /* hidden */ | |
| 3312 "beam", | |
| 3313 "updown", | |
| 3314 "udsizing", | |
| 3315 "leftright", | |
| 3316 "lrsizing", | |
| 3317 "busy", | |
| 3318 "no", | |
| 3319 "crosshair", | |
| 3320 "hand1", | |
| 3321 "hand2", | |
| 3322 "pencil", | |
| 3323 "question", | |
| 3324 "rightup-arrow", | |
| 3325 "up-arrow", | |
| 3326 NULL | |
| 3327 }; | |
| 3328 #endif | |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 /* | |
| 3331 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape' | |
| 3332 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE). | |
| 3333 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise. | |
| 3334 */ | |
| 3335 char_u * | |
| 3336 parse_shape_opt(what) | |
| 3337 int what; | |
| 3338 { | |
| 3339 char_u *modep; | |
| 3340 char_u *colonp; | |
| 3341 char_u *commap; | |
| 3342 char_u *slashp; | |
| 3343 char_u *p, *endp; | |
| 3344 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 3345 int all_idx; | |
| 3346 int len; | |
| 3347 int i; | |
| 3348 long n; | |
| 3349 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */ | |
| 3350 int round; | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 /* | |
| 3353 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real. | |
| 3354 */ | |
| 3355 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 3356 { | |
| 3357 /* | |
| 3358 * Repeat for all comma separated parts. | |
| 3359 */ | |
| 3360 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3361 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3362 modep = p_mouseshape; | |
| 3363 else | |
| 3364 #endif | |
| 3365 modep = p_guicursor; | |
| 3366 while (*modep != NUL) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':'); | |
| 3369 if (colonp == NULL) | |
| 3370 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon"); | |
| 3371 if (colonp == modep) | |
| 3372 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3373 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ','); | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 /* | |
| 3376 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon. | |
| 3377 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes. | |
| 3378 */ | |
| 3379 all_idx = -1; | |
| 3380 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 if (all_idx < 0) | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 /* Find the mode. */ | |
| 3385 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':') | |
| 3386 len = 1; | |
| 3387 else | |
| 3388 len = 2; | |
| 3389 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a') | |
| 3390 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1; | |
| 3391 else | |
| 3392 { | |
| 3393 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx) | |
| 3394 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len) | |
| 3395 == 0) | |
| 3396 break; | |
| 3397 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT | |
| 3398 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0) | |
| 3399 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode"); | |
| 3400 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e') | |
| 3401 found_ve = TRUE; | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 modep += len + 1; | |
| 3404 } | |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 if (all_idx >= 0) | |
| 3407 idx = all_idx--; | |
| 3408 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3409 { | |
| 3410 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3411 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3412 { | |
| 3413 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3414 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0; | |
| 3415 } | |
| 3416 else | |
| 3417 #endif | |
| 3418 { | |
| 3419 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */ | |
| 3420 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3421 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L; | |
| 3422 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L; | |
| 3423 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L; | |
| 3424 } | |
| 3425 } | |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 /* Parse the part after the colon */ | |
| 3428 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; ) | |
| 3429 { | |
| 3430 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3431 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3432 { | |
| 3433 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
| 3434 { | |
| 3435 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL) | |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3438 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape"); | |
| 3439 if (round == 2) | |
| 3440 shape_table[idx].mshape = | |
| 3441 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED; | |
| 3442 else | |
| 3443 (void)getdigits(&p); | |
| 3444 break; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]); | |
| 3447 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0) | |
| 3448 { | |
| 3449 if (round == 2) | |
| 3450 shape_table[idx].mshape = i; | |
| 3451 p += len; | |
| 3452 break; | |
| 3453 } | |
| 3454 } | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3457 #endif | |
| 3458 { | |
| 3459 /* | |
| 3460 * First handle the ones with a number argument. | |
| 3461 */ | |
| 3462 i = *p; | |
| 3463 len = 0; | |
| 3464 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0) | |
| 3465 len = 3; | |
| 3466 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0) | |
| 3467 len = 3; | |
| 3468 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0) | |
| 3469 len = 9; | |
| 3470 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0) | |
| 3471 len = 7; | |
| 3472 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0) | |
| 3473 len = 8; | |
| 3474 if (len != 0) | |
| 3475 { | |
| 3476 p += len; | |
| 3477 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 3478 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected"); | |
| 3479 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 3480 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */ | |
| 3481 { | |
| 3482 if (n == 0) | |
| 3483 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage"); | |
| 3484 if (round == 2) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v') | |
| 3487 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER; | |
| 3488 else | |
| 3489 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR; | |
| 3490 shape_table[idx].percentage = n; | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 } | |
| 3493 else if (round == 2) | |
| 3494 { | |
| 3495 if (len == 9) | |
| 3496 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n; | |
| 3497 else if (len == 7) | |
| 3498 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n; | |
| 3499 else | |
| 3500 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n; | |
| 3501 } | |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0) | |
| 3504 { | |
| 3505 if (round == 2) | |
| 3506 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK; | |
| 3507 p += 5; | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 else /* must be a highlight group name then */ | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-'); | |
| 3512 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */ | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 if (endp == NULL) | |
| 3515 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */ | |
| 3516 } | |
| 3517 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL) | |
| 3518 endp = commap; | |
| 3519 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/'); | |
| 3520 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3521 { | |
| 3522 /* "group/langmap_group" */ | |
| 3523 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p)); | |
| 3524 p = slashp + 1; | |
| 3525 } | |
| 3526 if (round == 2) | |
| 3527 { | |
| 3528 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p, | |
| 3529 (int)(endp - p)); | |
| 3530 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id; | |
| 3531 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp) | |
| 3532 shape_table[idx].id = i; | |
| 3533 } | |
| 3534 p = endp; | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */ | |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 if (*p == '-') | |
| 3539 ++p; | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 modep = p; | |
| 3543 if (*modep == ',') | |
| 3544 ++modep; | |
| 3545 } | |
| 3546 } | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */ | |
| 3549 if (!found_ve) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3552 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape; | |
| 3555 } | |
| 3556 else | |
| 3557 #endif | |
| 3558 { | |
| 3559 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape; | |
| 3560 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage = | |
| 3561 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage; | |
| 3562 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait = | |
| 3563 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait; | |
| 3564 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon = | |
| 3565 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon; | |
| 3566 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff = | |
| 3567 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff; | |
| 3568 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id; | |
| 3569 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm; | |
| 3570 } | |
| 3571 } | |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 return NULL; | |
| 3574 } | |
| 3575 | |
| 500 | 3576 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \ |
| 3577 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 3578 /* |
| 3579 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode. | |
| 3580 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer. | |
| 3581 */ | |
| 3582 int | |
| 3583 get_shape_idx(mouse) | |
| 3584 int mouse; | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE | |
| 3587 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE)) | |
| 3588 { | |
| 3589 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 87 | 3590 int x, y; |
| 3591 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y); | |
| 3592 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1) | |
| 7 | 3593 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL; |
| 3594 # endif | |
| 3595 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE; | |
| 3596 } | |
| 3597 if (mouse && drag_status_line) | |
| 3598 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG; | |
| 3599 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 3600 if (mouse && drag_sep_line) | |
| 3601 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG; | |
| 3602 # endif | |
| 3603 #endif | |
| 3604 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH) | |
| 3605 return SHAPE_IDX_SM; | |
| 3606 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 3607 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3608 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3609 #endif | |
| 3610 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 3611 return SHAPE_IDX_R; | |
| 3612 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 3613 return SHAPE_IDX_I; | |
| 3614 if (State & CMDLINE) | |
| 3615 { | |
| 3616 if (cmdline_at_end()) | |
| 3617 return SHAPE_IDX_C; | |
| 3618 if (cmdline_overstrike()) | |
| 3619 return SHAPE_IDX_CR; | |
| 3620 return SHAPE_IDX_CI; | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 if (finish_op) | |
| 3623 return SHAPE_IDX_O; | |
| 3624 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3625 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 3626 { | |
| 3627 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3628 return SHAPE_IDX_VE; | |
| 3629 else | |
| 3630 return SHAPE_IDX_V; | |
| 3631 } | |
| 3632 #endif | |
| 3633 return SHAPE_IDX_N; | |
| 3634 } | |
| 500 | 3635 #endif |
| 7 | 3636 |
| 3637 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3638 static int old_mouse_shape = 0; | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 /* | |
| 3641 * Set the mouse shape: | |
| 3642 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode, | |
| 3643 * depending on the current state. | |
| 3644 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used | |
| 3645 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line). | |
| 3646 */ | |
| 3647 void | |
| 3648 update_mouseshape(shape_idx) | |
| 3649 int shape_idx; | |
| 3650 { | |
| 3651 int new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 /* Only works in GUI mode. */ | |
| 227 | 3654 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting) |
| 7 | 3655 return; |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of | |
| 3658 * mappings. */ | |
| 3659 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail()) | |
| 3660 { | |
| 3661 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE; | |
| 3662 return; | |
| 3663 } | |
| 3664 | |
| 864 | 3665 /* When ignoring the mouse don't change shape on the statusline. */ |
| 3666 if (*p_mouse == NUL | |
| 3667 && (shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_CLINE | |
| 3668 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_STATUS | |
| 3669 || shape_idx == SHAPE_IDX_VSEP)) | |
| 3670 shape_idx = -2; | |
| 3671 | |
| 7 | 3672 if (shape_idx == -2 |
| 3673 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape | |
| 3674 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape | |
| 3675 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape) | |
| 3676 return; | |
| 3677 if (shape_idx < 0) | |
| 3678 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape; | |
| 3679 else | |
| 3680 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape; | |
| 3681 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape) | |
| 3682 { | |
| 3683 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape); | |
| 3684 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape; | |
| 3685 } | |
| 3686 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE; | |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 # endif | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */ | |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT | |
| 3694 /* | |
| 1209 | 3695 * Optional encryption support. |
| 7 | 3696 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24 |
| 3697 * Based on zip/crypt sources. | |
| 3698 * | |
| 3699 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to | |
| 3700 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a | |
| 3701 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India. | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3702 * |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3703 * Blowfish addition originally made by Mohsin Ahmed, |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3704 * http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh 2010-03-14 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3705 * Based on blowfish by Bruce Schneier (http://www.schneier.com/blowfish.html) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3706 * and sha256 by Christophe Devine. |
| 7 | 3707 */ |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 /* from zip.h */ | |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */ | |
| 3712 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */ | |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3715 | |
| 297 | 3716 static ulg crc_32_tab[256]; |
| 7 | 3717 |
| 3718 /* | |
| 3719 * Fill the CRC table. | |
| 3720 */ | |
| 3721 static void | |
| 3722 make_crc_tab() | |
| 3723 { | |
| 3724 ulg s,t,v; | |
| 3725 static int done = FALSE; | |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 if (done) | |
| 3728 return; | |
| 3729 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++) | |
| 3730 { | |
| 3731 v = t; | |
| 3732 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++) | |
| 3733 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L); | |
| 3734 crc_32_tab[t] = v; | |
| 3735 } | |
| 3736 done = TRUE; | |
| 3737 } | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8)) | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */ | |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 /* | |
| 2244 | 3744 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence. |
| 7 | 3745 */ |
| 2244 | 3746 #define DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t) { \ |
| 3747 ush temp; \ | |
| 3748 \ | |
| 3749 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; \ | |
| 3750 t = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff); \ | |
| 3751 } | |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 /* | |
| 3754 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text. | |
| 3755 */ | |
| 3756 #define UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(c) { \ | |
| 3757 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], (c)); \ | |
| 3758 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff; \ | |
| 3759 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1; \ | |
| 3760 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24)); \ | |
| 7 | 3761 } |
| 3762 | |
| 2267 | 3763 static int crypt_busy = 0; |
| 3764 static ulg saved_keys[3]; | |
| 3765 static int saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 /* | |
|
2360
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3768 * Return int value for crypt method string: |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3769 * 0 for "zip", the old method. Also for any non-valid value. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3770 * 1 for "blowfish". |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3771 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3772 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3773 crypt_method_from_string(s) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3774 char_u *s; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3775 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3776 return *s == 'b' ? 1 : 0; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3777 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3778 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3779 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3780 * Get the crypt method for buffer "buf" as a number. |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3781 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3782 int |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3783 get_crypt_method(buf) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3784 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3785 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3786 return crypt_method_from_string(*buf->b_p_cm == NUL ? p_cm : buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3787 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3788 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3789 /* |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3790 * Set the crypt method for buffer "buf" to "method" using the int value as |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3791 * returned by crypt_method_from_string(). |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3792 */ |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3793 void |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3794 set_crypt_method(buf, method) |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3795 buf_T *buf; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3796 int method; |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3797 { |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3798 free_string_option(buf->b_p_cm); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3799 buf->b_p_cm = vim_strsave((char_u *)(method == 0 ? "zip" : "blowfish")); |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3800 } |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3801 |
|
d8e4b27cef80
Change 'cryptmethod' from a number to a string option. Make it global-local.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2267
diff
changeset
|
3802 /* |
| 2267 | 3803 * Prepare for initializing encryption. If already doing encryption then save |
| 3804 * the state. | |
| 3805 * Must always be called symmetrycally with crypt_pop_state(). | |
| 3806 */ | |
| 3807 void | |
| 3808 crypt_push_state() | |
| 3809 { | |
| 3810 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 /* save the state */ | |
| 3813 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3814 { | |
| 3815 saved_keys[0] = keys[0]; | |
| 3816 saved_keys[1] = keys[1]; | |
| 3817 saved_keys[2] = keys[2]; | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 else | |
| 3820 bf_crypt_save(); | |
| 3821 saved_crypt_method = use_crypt_method; | |
| 3822 } | |
| 3823 else if (crypt_busy > 1) | |
| 3824 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "crypt_push_state()"); | |
| 3825 ++crypt_busy; | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 /* | |
| 3829 * End encryption. If doing encryption before crypt_push_state() then restore | |
| 3830 * the saved state. | |
| 3831 * Must always be called symmetrycally with crypt_push_state(). | |
| 3832 */ | |
| 3833 void | |
| 3834 crypt_pop_state() | |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 --crypt_busy; | |
| 3837 if (crypt_busy == 1) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 use_crypt_method = saved_crypt_method; | |
| 3840 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 keys[0] = saved_keys[0]; | |
| 3843 keys[1] = saved_keys[1]; | |
| 3844 keys[2] = saved_keys[2]; | |
| 3845 } | |
| 3846 else | |
| 3847 bf_crypt_restore(); | |
| 3848 } | |
| 3849 } | |
| 3850 | |
| 7 | 3851 /* |
| 2244 | 3852 * Encrypt "from[len]" into "to[len]". |
| 3853 * "from" and "to" can be equal to encrypt in place. | |
| 7 | 3854 */ |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3855 void |
| 2244 | 3856 crypt_encode(from, len, to) |
| 3857 char_u *from; | |
| 3858 size_t len; | |
| 3859 char_u *to; | |
| 7 | 3860 { |
| 2244 | 3861 size_t i; |
| 3862 int ztemp, t; | |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3865 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 3866 { | |
| 3867 ztemp = from[i]; | |
| 3868 DECRYPT_BYTE_ZIP(t); | |
| 3869 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(ztemp); | |
| 3870 to[i] = t ^ ztemp; | |
| 3871 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3872 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3873 bf_crypt_encode(from, len, to); |
| 2244 | 3874 } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 /* | |
| 3877 * Decrypt "ptr[len]" in place. | |
| 3878 */ | |
| 3879 void | |
| 3880 crypt_decode(ptr, len) | |
| 3881 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3882 long len; | |
| 3883 { | |
| 3884 char_u *p; | |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 if (use_crypt_method == 0) | |
| 3887 for (p = ptr; p < ptr + len; ++p) | |
| 3888 { | |
| 3889 ush temp; | |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2; | |
| 3892 temp = (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff); | |
| 3893 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP(*p ^= temp); | |
| 3894 } | |
| 3895 else | |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3896 bf_crypt_decode(ptr, len); |
| 7 | 3897 } |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 /* | |
| 3900 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to | |
| 3901 * the given password. | |
| 3902 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything. | |
| 3903 */ | |
| 3904 void | |
| 3905 crypt_init_keys(passwd) | |
| 3906 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */ | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL) | |
| 3909 { | |
| 2244 | 3910 if (use_crypt_method == 0) |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3911 { |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3912 char_u *p; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3913 |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3914 make_crc_tab(); |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3915 keys[0] = 305419896L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3916 keys[1] = 591751049L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3917 keys[2] = 878082192L; |
|
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3918 for (p = passwd; *p!= NUL; ++p) |
| 2244 | 3919 { |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3920 UPDATE_KEYS_ZIP((int)*p); |
| 2244 | 3921 } |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3922 } |
| 2244 | 3923 else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
3924 bf_crypt_init_keys(passwd); |
| 7 | 3925 } |
| 3926 } | |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 /* | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3929 * Free an allocated crypt key. Clear the text to make sure it doesn't stay |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3930 * in memory anywhere. |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3931 */ |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3932 void |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3933 free_crypt_key(key) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3934 char_u *key; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3935 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3936 char_u *p; |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3937 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3938 if (key != NULL) |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3939 { |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3940 for (p = key; *p != NUL; ++p) |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
3941 *p = 0; |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3942 vim_free(key); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3943 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3944 } |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3946 /* |
| 7 | 3947 * Ask the user for a crypt key. |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3948 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key is stored in the 'key' option, and the |
| 7 | 3949 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it. |
| 3950 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory. | |
| 3951 * Returns NULL on failure. | |
| 3952 */ | |
| 3953 char_u * | |
| 3954 get_crypt_key(store, twice) | |
| 3955 int store; | |
| 3956 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */ | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL; | |
| 3959 int round; | |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 for (round = 0; ; ++round) | |
| 3962 { | |
| 3963 cmdline_star = TRUE; | |
| 3964 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3965 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0 | |
| 3966 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ") | |
| 531 | 3967 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING, |
| 3968 NULL); | |
| 7 | 3969 cmdline_star = FALSE; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 if (p1 == NULL) | |
| 3972 break; | |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 if (round == twice) | |
| 3975 { | |
| 3976 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0) | |
| 3977 { | |
| 3978 MSG(_("Keys don't match!")); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3979 free_crypt_key(p1); |
|
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3980 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 3981 p2 = NULL; |
| 3982 round = -1; /* do it again */ | |
| 3983 continue; | |
| 3984 } | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3985 |
| 7 | 3986 if (store) |
| 3987 { | |
| 3988 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL); | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3989 free_crypt_key(p1); |
| 7 | 3990 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key; |
| 3991 } | |
| 3992 break; | |
| 3993 } | |
| 3994 p2 = p1; | |
| 3995 } | |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ | |
| 2267 | 3998 if (msg_didout) |
| 3999 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
|
2491
904cd1c26a1e
After entering a crypt key would need to hit return to continue.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
4000 need_wait_return = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4001 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 4002 | |
|
2180
f60a0c9cbe6c
Add the blowfish encryption patch from Mohsin Ahmed. Needs more work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
4003 free_crypt_key(p2); |
| 7 | 4004 return p1; |
| 4005 } | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */ | |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */ | |
| 4010 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/ | |
| 4011 /* | |
| 4012 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options. | |
| 4013 * External visible functions: | |
| 4014 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context | |
| 4015 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search | |
| 4016 * context | |
| 4017 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context | |
| 4018 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by | |
| 4019 * vim_findfile_init() | |
| 4020 * | |
| 4021 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_' | |
| 4022 * | |
| 4023 * In general it works like this: | |
| 4024 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init(). | |
| 4025 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to | |
| 4026 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile() | |
| 4027 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it | |
| 4028 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to | |
| 4029 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL. | |
| 4030 * | |
| 4031 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search | |
| 4032 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to | |
| 4033 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited | |
| 4034 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories | |
| 4035 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4036 * | |
| 4037 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context. | |
| 4038 * | |
| 4039 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the | |
| 4040 * needed parameters. | |
| 4041 * | |
| 4042 * | |
| 4043 * | |
| 4044 * ATTENTION: | |
| 4045 * ========== | |
| 1072 | 4046 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions are NOT |
| 7 | 4047 * thread-safe!!!!! |
| 4048 * | |
| 4049 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the | |
| 4050 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is | |
| 4051 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local | |
| 4052 * functions. | |
| 4053 */ | |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 /* | |
| 4056 * type for the directory search stack | |
| 4057 */ | |
| 4058 typedef struct ff_stack | |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev; | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards | |
| 4063 * of the search path | |
| 4064 */ | |
| 4065 char_u *ffs_fix_path; | |
| 4066 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4067 char_u *ffs_wc_path; | |
| 4068 #endif | |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard | |
| 4071 * of wc_part | |
| 4072 */ | |
| 4073 char_u **ffs_filearray; | |
| 4074 int ffs_filearray_size; | |
| 4075 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */ | |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 /* to store status of partly handled directories | |
| 1541 | 4078 * 0: we work on this directory for the first time |
| 7 | 4079 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step |
| 1541 | 4080 */ |
| 7 | 4081 int ffs_stage; |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 /* How deep are we in the directory tree? | |
| 4084 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init | |
| 4085 */ | |
| 4086 int ffs_level; | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */ | |
| 4089 int ffs_star_star_empty; | |
| 4090 } ff_stack_T; | |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 /* | |
| 4093 * type for already visited directories or files. | |
| 4094 */ | |
| 4095 typedef struct ff_visited | |
| 4096 { | |
| 4097 struct ff_visited *ffv_next; | |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4100 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are | |
| 4101 * different. So we have to save it. | |
| 4102 */ | |
| 4103 char_u *ffv_wc_path; | |
| 4104 #endif | |
| 4105 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else | |
| 4106 * use filename. | |
| 4107 */ | |
| 4108 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 4109 int ffv_dev_valid; /* ffv_dev and ffv_ino were set */ |
| 4110 dev_t ffv_dev; /* device number */ | |
| 7 | 4111 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */ |
| 4112 #endif | |
| 4113 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of | |
| 4114 * ffv_fname. | |
| 4115 */ | |
| 4116 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */ | |
| 4117 } ff_visited_T; | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 /* | |
| 4120 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search. | |
| 1209 | 4121 * This is especially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to: |
| 7 | 4122 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *) |
| 4123 * So we have to do 3 searches: | |
| 4124 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags" | |
| 4125 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS" | |
| 4126 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags" | |
| 4127 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for | |
| 4128 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the | |
| 4129 * second search we must start from a empty visited list. | |
| 4130 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already | |
| 4131 * visited lists. | |
| 4132 */ | |
| 4133 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr | |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next; | |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */ | |
| 4138 char_u *ffvl_filename; | |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list; | |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T; | |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | |
| 4145 /* | |
| 4146 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels. | |
| 1209 | 4147 * Set the default maximum depth. |
| 7 | 4148 */ |
| 4149 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30) | |
| 1541 | 4150 |
| 7 | 4151 /* |
| 4152 * The search context: | |
| 4153 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search | |
| 4154 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list | |
| 4155 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs | |
| 4156 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists | |
| 4157 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs | |
| 4158 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for | |
| 4159 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative | |
| 4160 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards) | |
| 4161 * Needed for upward search. | |
| 4162 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards | |
| 4163 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards | |
| 4164 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search | |
| 1541 | 4165 * ffsc_find_what: FINDFILE_BOTH, FINDFILE_DIR or FINDFILE_FILE |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4166 * ffsc_tagfile: searching for tags file, don't use 'suffixesadd' |
| 7 | 4167 */ |
| 4168 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T | |
| 4169 { | |
| 4170 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr; | |
| 4171 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list; | |
| 4172 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list; | |
| 4173 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4174 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list; | |
| 4175 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search; | |
| 4176 char_u *ffsc_start_dir; | |
| 4177 char_u *ffsc_fix_path; | |
| 4178 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4179 char_u *ffsc_wc_path; | |
| 4180 int ffsc_level; | |
| 4181 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v; | |
| 4182 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4183 int ffsc_find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4184 int ffsc_tagfile; |
| 359 | 4185 } ff_search_ctx_T; |
| 4186 | |
| 7 | 4187 /* locally needed functions */ |
| 4188 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4189 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *)); | |
| 4190 #else | |
| 4191 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *)); | |
| 4192 #endif | |
| 4193 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4194 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl)); | |
| 4195 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp)); | |
| 4196 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4197 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2)); | |
| 4198 #endif | |
| 4199 | |
| 1541 | 4200 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx, ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); |
| 4201 static ff_stack_T *ff_pop __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4202 static void ff_clear __ARGS((ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx)); | |
| 4203 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *stack_ptr)); | |
| 7 | 4204 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 4205 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4206 #else | |
| 4207 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 4208 #endif | |
| 4209 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4210 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **)); | |
| 4211 #endif | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 #if 0 | |
| 4214 /* | |
| 4215 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions | |
| 4216 * NOT TESTED!! | |
| 4217 */ | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 char_u * | |
| 4222 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level) | |
| 4223 char_u *path; | |
| 4224 char_u *filename; | |
| 4225 int level; | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 ff_fn_search_context = | |
| 4228 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE, | |
| 4229 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname); | |
| 4230 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context) | |
| 4231 return NULL; | |
| 4232 else | |
| 4233 return vim_findnext() | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 char_u * | |
| 4237 vim_findnext() | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 if (NULL == ret) | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context); | |
| 4244 ff_fn_search_context = NULL; | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 return ret; | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 #endif | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 /* | |
|
2522
d7ecfc8b784c
Update help about wildcards in 'tags' option.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2521
diff
changeset
|
4251 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile(). |
| 7 | 4252 * |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4253 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occurred. |
| 7 | 4254 * |
| 4255 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done | |
| 4256 * with the search context. | |
| 4257 * | |
| 4258 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'. | |
| 4259 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level' | |
| 4260 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is | |
| 4261 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100 | |
| 4262 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels. | |
| 4263 * | |
| 1541 | 4264 * 'filename' cannot contain wildcards! It is used as-is, no backslashes to |
| 4265 * escape special characters. | |
| 4266 * | |
| 7 | 4267 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is |
| 4268 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the | |
| 4269 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the | |
| 4270 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$". | |
| 4271 * | |
| 4272 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's | |
| 4273 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir. | |
|
2211
dded7e33d0a9
Fix wrong memory access when clearing crypt key.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2180
diff
changeset
|
4274 * If the 'path' is absolute, the starting dir is that part of the path before |
| 7 | 4275 * the first wildcard. |
| 4276 * | |
| 4277 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir. | |
| 4278 * | |
| 4279 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is | |
| 4280 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another | |
| 4281 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is | |
| 4282 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places. | |
| 4283 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function | |
| 4284 * vim_findfile_free_visited(). | |
| 4285 * | |
| 1541 | 4286 * Set the parameter 'find_what' to FINDFILE_DIR if you want to search for |
| 4287 * directories only, FINDFILE_FILE for files only, FINDFILE_BOTH for both. | |
| 7 | 4288 * |
| 4289 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be | |
| 1541 | 4290 * passed in the parameter "search_ctx_arg". This context is reused and |
| 4291 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already visited | |
| 7 | 4292 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter |
| 1541 | 4293 * "free_visited" is true. Be aware that the passed "search_ctx_arg" is freed |
| 4294 * if the reinitialization fails. | |
| 7 | 4295 * |
| 1541 | 4296 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call "search_ctx_arg" |
| 4297 * must be NULL. | |
| 7 | 4298 * |
| 4299 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have | |
| 4300 * limited functionality then. | |
| 4301 */ | |
| 4302 void * | |
| 1541 | 4303 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, find_what, |
| 4304 search_ctx_arg, tagfile, rel_fname) | |
| 7 | 4305 char_u *path; |
| 4306 char_u *filename; | |
| 1881 | 4307 char_u *stopdirs UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4308 int level; |
| 4309 int free_visited; | |
| 1541 | 4310 int find_what; |
| 4311 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4312 int tagfile; /* expanding names of tags files */ |
| 7 | 4313 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */ |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4316 char_u *wc_part; |
| 4317 #endif | |
| 4318 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 4319 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 4320 |
| 4321 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a | |
| 4322 * new one. | |
| 4323 */ | |
| 1541 | 4324 if (search_ctx_arg != NULL) |
| 4325 search_ctx = search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4326 else |
| 4327 { | |
| 1541 | 4328 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 4329 if (search_ctx == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4330 goto error_return; |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2211
diff
changeset
|
4331 vim_memset(search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T)); |
| 7 | 4332 } |
| 1541 | 4333 search_ctx->ffsc_find_what = find_what; |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4334 search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile = tagfile; |
| 7 | 4335 |
| 4336 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */ | |
| 1541 | 4337 ff_clear(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4338 |
| 4339 /* clear visited list if wanted */ | |
| 4340 if (free_visited == TRUE) | |
| 1541 | 4341 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4342 else |
| 4343 { | |
| 4344 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given | |
| 4345 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new | |
| 1541 | 4346 * one. */ |
| 4347 search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, | |
| 4348 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4349 if (search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4350 goto error_return; |
| 1541 | 4351 search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename, |
| 4352 &search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 4353 if (search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4354 goto error_return; |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4358 { | |
| 4359 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 4360 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL) | |
| 4361 goto error_return; | |
| 4362 } | |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative. | |
| 20 | 4365 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */ |
| 7 | 4366 if (path[0] == '.' |
| 4367 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL) | |
| 4368 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL) | |
| 4369 && rel_fname != NULL) | |
| 4370 { | |
| 4371 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname); | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL) | |
| 4374 { | |
| 4375 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */ | |
| 418 | 4376 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len); |
| 1541 | 4377 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4378 } |
| 4379 else | |
| 1541 | 4380 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len); |
| 4381 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4382 goto error_return; |
| 4383 if (*++path != NUL) | |
| 4384 ++path; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path)) | |
| 4387 { | |
| 4388 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4389 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */ | |
| 4390 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4391 { | |
| 4392 char_u drive[3]; | |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 drive[0] = path[0]; | |
| 4395 drive[1] = ':'; | |
| 4396 drive[2] = NUL; | |
| 4397 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 4398 goto error_return; | |
| 4399 path += 2; | |
| 4400 } | |
| 4401 else | |
| 4402 #endif | |
| 4403 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL) | |
| 4404 goto error_return; | |
| 4405 | |
| 1541 | 4406 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4407 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4408 goto error_return; |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4411 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the | |
| 4412 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */ | |
| 4413 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\') | |
| 4414 && path[1] != path[0] | |
| 1541 | 4415 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':') |
| 4416 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL; | |
| 7 | 4417 #endif |
| 4418 } | |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4421 /* | |
| 4422 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers. | |
| 4423 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a | |
| 4424 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently. | |
| 4425 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty, | |
| 1541 | 4426 * search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This |
| 7 | 4427 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function |
| 4428 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details. | |
| 4429 */ | |
| 4430 if (stopdirs != NULL) | |
| 4431 { | |
| 4432 char_u *walker = stopdirs; | |
| 4433 int dircount; | |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 while (*walker == ';') | |
| 4436 walker++; | |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 dircount = 1; | |
| 1541 | 4439 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = |
| 4440 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *)); | |
| 4441 | |
| 4442 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4443 { |
| 4444 do | |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 char_u *helper; | |
| 4447 void *ptr; | |
| 4448 | |
| 4449 helper = walker; | |
| 1541 | 4450 ptr = vim_realloc(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v, |
| 7 | 4451 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *)); |
| 4452 if (ptr) | |
| 1541 | 4453 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr; |
| 7 | 4454 else |
| 4455 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */ | |
| 4456 break; | |
| 4457 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';'); | |
| 4458 if (walker) | |
| 4459 { | |
| 1541 | 4460 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4461 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper)); | |
| 7 | 4462 walker++; |
| 4463 } | |
| 4464 else | |
| 4465 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top | |
| 4466 * of directory tree. | |
| 4467 */ | |
| 1541 | 4468 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = |
| 4469 vim_strsave(helper); | |
| 7 | 4470 |
| 4471 dircount++; | |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 } while (walker != NULL); | |
| 1541 | 4474 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL; |
| 7 | 4475 } |
| 4476 } | |
| 4477 #endif | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4480 search_ctx->ffsc_level = level; |
| 7 | 4481 |
| 4482 /* split into: | |
| 4483 * -fix path | |
| 4484 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL) | |
| 4485 */ | |
| 4486 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*'); | |
| 4487 if (wc_part != NULL) | |
| 4488 { | |
| 4489 int llevel; | |
| 4490 int len; | |
| 29 | 4491 char *errpt; |
| 7 | 4492 |
| 4493 /* save the fix part of the path */ | |
| 1541 | 4494 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path, (int)(wc_part - path)); |
| 7 | 4495 |
| 4496 /* | |
| 4497 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard. | |
| 1209 | 4498 * The octet after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter. |
| 7 | 4499 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3) |
| 4500 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76). | |
| 4501 * For EBCDIC you get different character values. | |
| 4502 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used. | |
| 1993 | 4503 * Due to this technique the path looks awful if you print it as a |
| 7 | 4504 * string. |
| 4505 */ | |
| 4506 len = 0; | |
| 4507 while (*wc_part != NUL) | |
| 4508 { | |
| 4509 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4510 { | |
| 4511 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4512 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4513 | |
| 29 | 4514 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10); |
| 4515 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255) | |
| 7 | 4516 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel; |
| 29 | 4517 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0) |
| 7 | 4518 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */ |
| 4519 len -= 2; | |
| 4520 else | |
| 4521 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND; | |
| 29 | 4522 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt; |
| 461 | 4523 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part)) |
| 7 | 4524 { |
| 4525 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR); | |
| 4526 goto error_return; | |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 } | |
| 4529 else | |
| 4530 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++; | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL; | |
| 1541 | 4533 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 if (search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4536 goto error_return; |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 else | |
| 4539 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4540 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path); |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4543 { |
| 4544 /* store the fix part as startdir. | |
| 4545 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified. | |
| 4546 */ | |
| 1541 | 4547 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
|
2445
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4548 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL) |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4549 goto error_return; |
|
04dae202d316
Fixes for coverity warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
4550 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL; |
| 7 | 4551 } |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 /* create an absolute path */ | |
| 1541 | 4554 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4555 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 1541 | 4556 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4557 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer); |
| 4558 | |
| 4559 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer, | |
| 4560 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4561 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, |
| 7 | 4562 #endif |
| 4563 level, 0); | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 if (sptr == NULL) | |
| 4566 goto error_return; | |
| 4567 | |
| 1541 | 4568 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 4571 if (search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4572 goto error_return; |
| 4573 | |
| 1541 | 4574 return search_ctx; |
| 7 | 4575 |
| 4576 error_return: | |
| 4577 /* | |
| 4578 * We clear the search context now! | |
| 4579 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here, | |
| 4580 * as we might have already destroyed it. | |
| 4581 */ | |
| 1541 | 4582 vim_findfile_cleanup(search_ctx); |
| 7 | 4583 return NULL; |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4587 /* | |
| 4588 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped. | |
| 4589 */ | |
| 4590 char_u * | |
| 4591 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf) | |
| 4592 char_u *buf; | |
| 4593 { | |
| 4594 char_u *r_ptr = buf; | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';') | |
| 4597 { | |
| 4598 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';') | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 /* overwrite the escape char, | |
| 4601 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0' | |
| 4602 */ | |
| 1621 | 4603 STRMOVE(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1); |
| 7 | 4604 r_ptr++; |
| 4605 } | |
| 4606 r_ptr++; | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 if (*r_ptr == ';') | |
| 4609 { | |
| 4610 *r_ptr = 0; | |
| 4611 r_ptr++; | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 else if (*r_ptr == NUL) | |
| 4614 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 4615 return r_ptr; | |
| 4616 } | |
| 4617 #endif | |
| 4618 | |
| 1541 | 4619 /* |
| 4620 * Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer. | |
| 4621 */ | |
| 7 | 4622 void |
| 4623 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx) | |
| 4624 void *ctx; | |
| 4625 { | |
| 359 | 4626 if (ctx == NULL) |
| 7 | 4627 return; |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx); | |
| 1541 | 4630 ff_clear(ctx); |
| 7 | 4631 vim_free(ctx); |
| 4632 } | |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 /* | |
| 4635 * Find a file in a search context. | |
| 4636 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above. | |
| 4637 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found. | |
| 4638 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL. | |
| 4639 * | |
| 20 | 4640 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned. |
| 7 | 4641 * |
| 4642 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the | |
| 4643 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the | |
| 4644 * top of the list). | |
| 4645 */ | |
| 4646 char_u * | |
| 1541 | 4647 vim_findfile(search_ctx_arg) |
| 4648 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 4649 { |
| 4650 char_u *file_path; | |
| 4651 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4652 char_u *rest_of_wildcards; | |
| 4653 char_u *path_end = NULL; | |
| 4654 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4655 ff_stack_T *stackp; |
| 7 | 4656 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) |
| 4657 int len; | |
| 4658 #endif | |
| 4659 int i; | |
| 4660 char_u *p; | |
| 4661 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4662 char_u *suf; | |
| 4663 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4664 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4667 return NULL; |
| 4668 | |
| 1541 | 4669 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 7 | 4670 |
| 4671 /* | |
| 4672 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to | |
| 4673 * return a found filename. | |
| 4674 */ | |
| 4675 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) | |
| 4676 return NULL; | |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4679 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */ | |
| 1541 | 4680 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL) |
| 4681 path_end = &search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[ | |
| 4682 STRLEN(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)]; | |
| 7 | 4683 #endif |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4686 /* upward search loop */ | |
| 4687 for (;;) | |
| 4688 { | |
| 4689 #endif | |
| 4690 /* downward search loop */ | |
| 4691 for (;;) | |
| 4692 { | |
| 4693 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/ | |
| 4694 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 4695 if (got_int) | |
| 4696 break; | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 /* get directory to work on from stack */ | |
| 1541 | 4699 stackp = ff_pop(search_ctx); |
| 4700 if (stackp == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4701 break; |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 /* | |
| 4704 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in | |
| 4705 * | |
| 4706 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice. | |
| 4707 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered. | |
| 4708 * - check for double files also done below | |
| 4709 * | |
| 4710 * Here we check if we already searched this directory. | |
| 4711 * We already searched a directory if: | |
| 4712 * 1) The directory is the same. | |
| 4713 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string. | |
| 4714 * | |
| 4715 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways | |
| 4716 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3: | |
| 4717 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop) | |
| 4718 * | |
| 4719 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the | |
| 1541 | 4720 * first time (hence stackp->ff_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4721 */ |
| 1541 | 4722 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL |
| 4723 && ff_check_visited(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list | |
| 7 | 4724 ->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 1541 | 4725 stackp->ffs_fix_path |
| 7 | 4726 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 4727 , stackp->ffs_wc_path |
| 7 | 4728 #endif |
| 4729 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4730 { | |
| 4731 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4732 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 293 | 4734 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4735 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4736 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4737 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4738 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4739 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4740 } |
| 4741 #endif | |
| 1541 | 4742 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4743 continue; |
| 4744 } | |
| 4745 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4746 else if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4747 { | |
| 293 | 4748 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4749 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)", |
| 1541 | 4750 stackp->ffs_fix_path, stackp->ffs_wc_path); |
| 7 | 4751 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4752 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4753 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4754 } |
| 4755 #endif | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 /* check depth */ | |
| 1541 | 4758 if (stackp->ffs_level <= 0) |
| 7 | 4759 { |
| 1541 | 4760 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 4761 continue; |
| 4762 } | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 file_path[0] = NUL; | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 /* | |
| 4767 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards | |
| 4768 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths | |
| 4769 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this | |
| 4770 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string. | |
| 4771 */ | |
| 1541 | 4772 if (stackp->ffs_filearray == NULL) |
| 7 | 4773 { |
| 4774 char_u *dirptrs[2]; | |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should | |
| 4777 * expand. | |
| 4778 */ | |
| 4779 dirptrs[0] = file_path; | |
| 4780 dirptrs[1] = NULL; | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */ | |
| 1541 | 4783 if (!vim_isAbsName(stackp->ffs_fix_path) |
| 4784 && search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir) | |
| 7 | 4785 { |
| 1541 | 4786 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 4787 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4788 } | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* append the fix part of the search path */ | |
| 1541 | 4791 STRCAT(file_path, stackp->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 4792 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 4795 rest_of_wildcards = stackp->ffs_wc_path; |
| 7 | 4796 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL) |
| 4797 { | |
| 4798 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
| 4799 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0) | |
| 4800 { | |
| 4801 /* pointer to the restrict byte | |
| 4802 * The restrict byte is not a character! | |
| 4803 */ | |
| 4804 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2; | |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 if (*p > 0) | |
| 4807 { | |
| 4808 (*p)--; | |
| 4809 file_path[len++] = '*'; | |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 if (*p == 0) | |
| 4813 { | |
| 4814 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */ | |
| 1621 | 4815 STRMOVE(rest_of_wildcards, rest_of_wildcards + 3); |
| 7 | 4816 } |
| 4817 else | |
| 4818 rest_of_wildcards += 3; | |
| 4819 | |
| 1541 | 4820 if (stackp->ffs_star_star_empty == 0) |
| 7 | 4821 { |
| 4822 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */ | |
| 1541 | 4823 stackp->ffs_star_star_empty = 1; |
| 4824 dirptrs[1] = stackp->ffs_fix_path; | |
| 7 | 4825 } |
| 4826 } | |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 /* | |
| 4829 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of | |
| 4830 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is | |
| 1209 | 4831 * still something else left. This is handled below by |
| 7 | 4832 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards() |
| 4833 * on the stack again for further search. | |
| 4834 */ | |
| 4835 while (*rest_of_wildcards | |
| 4836 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4837 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 file_path[len] = NUL; | |
| 4840 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards)) | |
| 4841 rest_of_wildcards++; | |
| 4842 } | |
| 4843 #endif | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 /* | |
| 4846 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR". | |
| 4847 * If the path is a URL don't try this. | |
| 4848 */ | |
| 4849 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0])) | |
| 4850 { | |
| 1541 | 4851 stackp->ffs_filearray = (char_u **) |
| 7 | 4852 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *)); |
| 1541 | 4853 if (stackp->ffs_filearray != NULL |
| 4854 && (stackp->ffs_filearray[0] | |
| 7 | 4855 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL) |
| 1541 | 4856 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 1; |
| 7 | 4857 else |
| 1541 | 4858 stackp->ffs_filearray_size = 0; |
| 7 | 4859 } |
| 4860 else | |
| 4861 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs, | |
| 1541 | 4862 &stackp->ffs_filearray_size, |
| 4863 &stackp->ffs_filearray, | |
| 7 | 4864 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT); |
| 4865 | |
| 1541 | 4866 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 4867 stackp->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 7 | 4868 } |
| 4869 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4870 else | |
| 1541 | 4871 rest_of_wildcards = &stackp->ffs_wc_path[ |
| 4872 STRLEN(stackp->ffs_wc_path)]; | |
| 4873 #endif | |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 if (stackp->ffs_stage == 0) | |
| 7 | 4876 { |
| 4877 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */ | |
| 4878 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4879 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL) | |
| 4880 #endif | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 /* | |
| 4883 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to | |
| 4884 * check for the final file now | |
| 4885 */ | |
| 1541 | 4886 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4887 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4888 { |
| 1541 | 4889 if (!path_with_url(stackp->ffs_filearray[i]) |
| 4890 && !mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) | |
| 7 | 4891 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 4892 | |
| 1993 | 4893 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existence |
| 7 | 4894 * below */ |
| 1541 | 4895 STRCPY(file_path, stackp->ffs_filearray[i]); |
| 7 | 4896 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 4897 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 7 | 4898 |
| 4899 /* | |
| 4900 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes | |
| 4901 * from 'suffixesadd'. | |
| 4902 */ | |
| 4903 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4904 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path); | |
|
2521
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4905 if (search_ctx->ffsc_tagfile) |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4906 suf = (char_u *)""; |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4907 else |
|
d890c820722f
Fix: 'suffixesadd' was used for finding tags file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4908 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua; |
| 7 | 4909 for (;;) |
| 4910 #endif | |
| 4911 { | |
| 4912 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */ | |
| 4913 if ((path_with_url(file_path) | |
| 1541 | 4914 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0 |
| 4915 && (search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4916 == FINDFILE_BOTH | |
| 4917 || ((search_ctx->ffsc_find_what | |
| 4918 == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 4919 == mch_isdir(file_path))))) | |
| 7 | 4920 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE |
| 4921 && (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4922 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4923 file_path |
| 4924 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4925 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4926 #endif | |
| 4927 ) == OK) | |
| 4928 #endif | |
| 4929 ) | |
| 4930 { | |
| 4931 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4932 if (ff_check_visited( | |
| 1541 | 4933 &search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list, |
| 7 | 4934 file_path |
| 4935 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4936 , (char_u *)"" | |
| 4937 #endif | |
| 4938 ) == FAIL) | |
| 4939 { | |
| 4940 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 293 | 4942 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4943 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s", |
| 7 | 4944 file_path); |
| 4945 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 4946 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4947 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4948 } |
| 4949 continue; | |
| 4950 } | |
| 4951 #endif | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */ | |
| 1541 | 4954 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1; |
| 4955 ff_push(search_ctx, stackp); | |
| 7 | 4956 |
| 1789 | 4957 if (!path_with_url(file_path)) |
| 4958 simplify_filename(file_path); | |
| 7 | 4959 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) |
| 4960 == OK) | |
| 4961 { | |
| 4962 p = shorten_fname(file_path, | |
| 4963 ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 4964 if (p != NULL) | |
| 1621 | 4965 STRMOVE(file_path, p); |
| 7 | 4966 } |
| 4967 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 4968 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 4969 { | |
| 293 | 4970 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 4971 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path); |
| 7 | 4972 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 4973 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 4974 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 4975 } |
| 4976 #endif | |
| 4977 return file_path; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 4981 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */ | |
| 4982 if (*suf == NUL) | |
| 4983 break; | |
| 4984 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len, | |
| 4985 MAXPATHL - len, ","); | |
| 4986 #endif | |
| 4987 } | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 } | |
| 4990 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 4991 else | |
| 4992 { | |
| 4993 /* | |
| 4994 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further | |
| 4995 * search | |
| 4996 */ | |
| 1541 | 4997 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 4998 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 4999 { |
| 1541 | 5000 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5001 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 5002 | |
| 1541 | 5003 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5004 ff_create_stack_element( | |
| 5005 stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5006 rest_of_wildcards, | |
| 5007 stackp->ffs_level - 1, 0)); | |
| 7 | 5008 } |
| 5009 } | |
| 5010 #endif | |
| 1541 | 5011 stackp->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; |
| 5012 stackp->ffs_stage = 1; | |
| 7 | 5013 } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5016 /* | |
| 5017 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the | |
| 5018 * leaves of the directory tree. | |
| 5019 */ | |
| 1541 | 5020 if (STRNCMP(stackp->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0) |
| 7 | 5021 { |
| 1541 | 5022 for (i = stackp->ffs_filearray_cur; |
| 5023 i < stackp->ffs_filearray_size; ++i) | |
| 7 | 5024 { |
| 1541 | 5025 if (fnamecmp(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], |
| 5026 stackp->ffs_fix_path) == 0) | |
| 7 | 5027 continue; /* don't repush same directory */ |
| 1541 | 5028 if (!mch_isdir(stackp->ffs_filearray[i])) |
| 7 | 5029 continue; /* not a directory */ |
| 1541 | 5030 ff_push(search_ctx, |
| 5031 ff_create_stack_element(stackp->ffs_filearray[i], | |
| 5032 stackp->ffs_wc_path, stackp->ffs_level - 1, 1)); | |
| 7 | 5033 } |
| 5034 } | |
| 5035 #endif | |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 /* we are done with the current directory */ | |
| 1541 | 5038 ff_free_stack_element(stackp); |
| 7 | 5039 |
| 5040 } | |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5043 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards. | |
| 5044 * Let's check if we should do an upward search. | |
| 5045 */ | |
| 1541 | 5046 if (search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5047 && search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int) | |
| 7 | 5048 { |
| 5049 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */ | |
| 1541 | 5052 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir, |
| 5053 (int)(path_end - search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir), | |
| 5054 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE) | |
| 7 | 5055 break; |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 /* cut of last dir */ | |
| 1541 | 5058 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5059 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end)) | |
| 7 | 5060 path_end--; |
| 1541 | 5061 while (path_end > search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir |
| 5062 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1])) | |
| 7 | 5063 path_end--; |
| 5064 *path_end = 0; | |
| 5065 path_end--; | |
| 5066 | |
| 1541 | 5067 if (*search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0) |
| 7 | 5068 break; |
| 5069 | |
| 1541 | 5070 STRCPY(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); |
| 7 | 5071 add_pathsep(file_path); |
| 1541 | 5072 STRCAT(file_path, search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5073 |
| 5074 /* create a new stack entry */ | |
| 5075 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path, | |
| 1541 | 5076 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0); |
| 7 | 5077 if (sptr == NULL) |
| 5078 break; | |
| 1541 | 5079 ff_push(search_ctx, sptr); |
| 7 | 5080 } |
| 5081 else | |
| 5082 break; | |
| 5083 } | |
| 5084 #endif | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 vim_free(file_path); | |
| 5087 return NULL; | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 /* | |
| 5091 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories | |
| 5092 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL; | |
| 5093 */ | |
| 5094 void | |
| 1541 | 5095 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx_arg) |
| 5096 void *search_ctx_arg; | |
| 7 | 5097 { |
| 1541 | 5098 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 if (search_ctx_arg == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5101 return; |
| 5102 | |
| 1541 | 5103 search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx_arg; |
| 5104 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list); | |
| 5105 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list); | |
| 7 | 5106 } |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 static void | |
| 5109 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp) | |
| 5110 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5111 { | |
| 5112 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp; | |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 while (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5115 { | |
| 5116 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next; | |
| 5117 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list); | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename); | |
| 5120 vim_free(*list_headp); | |
| 5121 *list_headp = vp; | |
| 5122 } | |
| 5123 *list_headp = NULL; | |
| 5124 } | |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 static void | |
| 5127 ff_free_visited_list(vl) | |
| 5128 ff_visited_T *vl; | |
| 5129 { | |
| 5130 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 while (vl != NULL) | |
| 5133 { | |
| 5134 vp = vl->ffv_next; | |
| 5135 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5136 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path); | |
| 5137 #endif | |
| 5138 vim_free(vl); | |
| 5139 vl = vp; | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 vl = NULL; | |
| 5142 } | |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 /* | |
| 5145 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it | |
| 5146 * allocates a new one. | |
| 5147 */ | |
| 5148 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* | |
| 5149 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp) | |
| 5150 char_u *filename; | |
| 5151 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp; | |
| 5152 { | |
| 5153 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL; | |
| 5154 | |
| 5155 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */ | |
| 5156 if (*list_headp != NULL) | |
| 5157 { | |
| 5158 retptr = *list_headp; | |
| 5159 while (retptr != NULL) | |
| 5160 { | |
| 5161 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0) | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5164 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5165 { | |
| 293 | 5166 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5167 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s", |
| 7 | 5168 filename); |
| 5169 /* don't overwrite this either */ | |
| 5170 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5171 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5172 } |
| 5173 #endif | |
| 5174 return retptr; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next; | |
| 5177 } | |
| 5178 } | |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE | |
| 5181 if (p_verbose >= 5) | |
| 5182 { | |
| 293 | 5183 verbose_enter_scroll(); |
| 273 | 5184 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename); |
| 7 | 5185 /* don't overwrite this either */ |
| 5186 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n"); | |
| 293 | 5187 verbose_leave_scroll(); |
| 7 | 5188 } |
| 5189 #endif | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 /* | |
| 5192 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list | |
| 5193 */ | |
| 5194 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr)); | |
| 5195 if (retptr == NULL) | |
| 5196 return NULL; | |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL; | |
| 5199 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename); | |
| 5200 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL) | |
| 5201 { | |
| 5202 vim_free(retptr); | |
| 5203 return NULL; | |
| 5204 } | |
| 5205 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp; | |
| 5206 *list_headp = retptr; | |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 return retptr; | |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5212 /* | |
| 5213 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE. | |
| 5214 * They are equal if: | |
| 5215 * - both paths are NULL | |
| 5216 * - they have the same length | |
| 5217 * - char by char comparison is OK | |
| 5218 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so | |
| 5219 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24' | |
| 5220 */ | |
| 5221 static int | |
| 5222 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2) | |
| 5223 char_u *s1; | |
| 5224 char_u *s2; | |
| 5225 { | |
| 5226 int i; | |
| 5227 | |
| 5228 if (s1 == s2) | |
| 5229 return TRUE; | |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) | |
| 5232 return FALSE; | |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2)) | |
| 5235 return FAIL; | |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++) | |
| 5238 { | |
| 5239 if (s1[i] != s2[i] | |
| 5240 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 5241 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i]) | |
| 5242 #endif | |
| 5243 ) | |
| 5244 { | |
| 5245 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5246 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*') | |
| 5247 continue; | |
| 5248 else | |
| 5249 return FAIL; | |
| 5250 else | |
| 5251 return FAIL; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 } | |
| 5254 return TRUE; | |
| 5255 } | |
| 5256 #endif | |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 /* | |
| 5259 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs | |
| 5260 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list | |
| 5261 * returns OK if it is newly added | |
| 5262 * | |
| 5263 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems? | |
| 5264 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of | |
| 5265 * never. | |
| 5266 */ | |
| 5267 static int | |
| 5268 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname | |
| 5269 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5270 , wc_path | |
| 5271 #endif | |
| 5272 ) | |
| 5273 ff_visited_T **visited_list; | |
| 5274 char_u *fname; | |
| 5275 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5276 char_u *wc_path; | |
| 5277 #endif | |
| 5278 { | |
| 5279 ff_visited_T *vp; | |
| 5280 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5281 struct stat st; | |
| 5282 int url = FALSE; | |
| 5283 #endif | |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the | |
| 5286 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */ | |
| 5287 if (path_with_url(fname)) | |
| 5288 { | |
| 418 | 5289 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 7 | 5290 #ifdef UNIX |
| 5291 url = TRUE; | |
| 5292 #endif | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 else | |
| 5295 { | |
| 5296 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL; | |
| 5297 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5298 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0) | |
| 5299 #else | |
| 5300 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL) | |
| 5301 #endif | |
| 5302 return FAIL; | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 /* check against list of already visited files */ | |
| 5306 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next) | |
| 5307 { | |
| 5308 if ( | |
| 5309 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1881 | 5310 !url ? (vp->ffv_dev_valid && vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev |
| 5311 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino) | |
| 5312 : | |
| 7 | 5313 #endif |
| 5314 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0 | |
| 5315 ) | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5318 /* are the wildcard parts equal */ | |
| 5319 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE) | |
| 5320 #endif | |
| 5321 /* already visited */ | |
| 5322 return FAIL; | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 } | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 /* | |
| 5327 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs. | |
| 5328 */ | |
| 5329 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T) | |
| 5330 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer))); | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 if (vp != NULL) | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5335 if (!url) | |
| 5336 { | |
| 1881 | 5337 vp->ffv_dev_valid = TRUE; |
| 7 | 5338 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino; |
| 5339 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev; | |
| 5340 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL; | |
| 5341 } | |
| 5342 else | |
| 5343 { | |
| 1881 | 5344 vp->ffv_dev_valid = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5345 #endif |
| 5346 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer); | |
| 5347 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 #endif | |
| 5350 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5351 if (wc_path != NULL) | |
| 5352 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path); | |
| 5353 else | |
| 5354 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL; | |
| 5355 #endif | |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list; | |
| 5358 *visited_list = vp; | |
| 5359 } | |
| 5360 | |
| 5361 return OK; | |
| 5362 } | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 /* | |
| 5365 * create stack element from given path pieces | |
| 5366 */ | |
| 5367 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 5368 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part, | |
| 5369 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5370 wc_part, | |
| 5371 #endif | |
| 5372 level, star_star_empty) | |
| 5373 char_u *fix_part; | |
| 5374 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5375 char_u *wc_part; | |
| 5376 #endif | |
| 5377 int level; | |
| 5378 int star_star_empty; | |
| 5379 { | |
| 5380 ff_stack_T *new; | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T)); | |
| 5383 if (new == NULL) | |
| 5384 return NULL; | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 new->ffs_prev = NULL; | |
| 5387 new->ffs_filearray = NULL; | |
| 5388 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0; | |
| 5389 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0; | |
| 5390 new->ffs_stage = 0; | |
| 5391 new->ffs_level = level; | |
| 5392 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;; | |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */ | |
| 5395 if (fix_part == NULL) | |
| 5396 fix_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5397 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part); | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5400 if (wc_part == NULL) | |
| 5401 wc_part = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5402 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part); | |
| 5403 #endif | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL | |
| 5406 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5407 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL | |
| 5408 #endif | |
| 5409 ) | |
| 5410 { | |
| 5411 ff_free_stack_element(new); | |
| 5412 new = NULL; | |
| 5413 } | |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 return new; | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 /* | |
| 1541 | 5419 * Push a dir on the directory stack. |
| 7 | 5420 */ |
| 5421 static void | |
| 1541 | 5422 ff_push(search_ctx, stack_ptr) |
| 5423 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 5424 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5425 { |
| 5426 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but | |
| 359 | 5427 * to prevent a crash */ |
| 1541 | 5428 if (stack_ptr != NULL) |
| 7 | 5429 { |
| 1541 | 5430 stack_ptr->ffs_prev = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5431 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5432 } |
| 5433 } | |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 /* | |
| 1541 | 5436 * Pop a dir from the directory stack. |
| 5437 * Returns NULL if stack is empty. | |
| 7 | 5438 */ |
| 5439 static ff_stack_T * | |
| 1541 | 5440 ff_pop(search_ctx) |
| 5441 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5442 { |
| 5443 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5444 | |
| 1541 | 5445 sptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr; |
| 5446 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL) | |
| 5447 search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev; | |
| 7 | 5448 |
| 5449 return sptr; | |
| 5450 } | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 /* | |
| 5453 * free the given stack element | |
| 5454 */ | |
| 5455 static void | |
| 1541 | 5456 ff_free_stack_element(stack_ptr) |
| 5457 ff_stack_T *stack_ptr; | |
| 7 | 5458 { |
| 5459 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */ | |
| 1541 | 5460 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_fix_path); |
| 7 | 5461 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5462 vim_free(stack_ptr->ffs_wc_path); |
| 5463 #endif | |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 if (stack_ptr->ffs_filearray != NULL) | |
| 5466 FreeWild(stack_ptr->ffs_filearray_size, stack_ptr->ffs_filearray); | |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 vim_free(stack_ptr); | |
| 7 | 5469 } |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 /* | |
| 1541 | 5472 * Clear the search context, but NOT the visited list. |
| 7 | 5473 */ |
| 5474 static void | |
| 1541 | 5475 ff_clear(search_ctx) |
| 5476 ff_search_ctx_T *search_ctx; | |
| 7 | 5477 { |
| 5478 ff_stack_T *sptr; | |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 /* clear up stack */ | |
| 1541 | 5481 while ((sptr = ff_pop(search_ctx)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 5482 ff_free_stack_element(sptr); |
| 5483 | |
| 1541 | 5484 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search); |
| 5485 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir); | |
| 5486 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path); | |
| 7 | 5487 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5488 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path); |
| 7 | 5489 #endif |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 1541 | 5492 if (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL) |
| 7 | 5493 { |
| 5494 int i = 0; | |
| 5495 | |
| 1541 | 5496 while (search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL) |
| 7 | 5497 { |
| 1541 | 5498 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]); |
| 7 | 5499 i++; |
| 5500 } | |
| 1541 | 5501 vim_free(search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v); |
| 7 | 5502 } |
| 1541 | 5503 search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL; |
| 7 | 5504 #endif |
| 5505 | |
| 5506 /* reset everything */ | |
| 1541 | 5507 search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL; |
| 5508 search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL; | |
| 5509 search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5510 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA |
| 1541 | 5511 search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL; |
| 5512 search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0; | |
| 7 | 5513 #endif |
| 5514 } | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5517 /* | |
| 5518 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs | |
| 5519 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE | |
| 5520 */ | |
| 5521 static int | |
| 5522 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v) | |
| 5523 char_u *path; | |
| 5524 int path_len; | |
| 5525 char_u **stopdirs_v; | |
| 5526 { | |
| 5527 int i = 0; | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */ | |
| 461 | 5530 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1])) |
| 7 | 5531 path_len--; |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 /* if no path consider it as match */ | |
| 5534 if (path_len == 0) | |
| 5535 return TRUE; | |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++) | |
| 5538 { | |
| 5539 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len) | |
| 5540 { | |
| 5541 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches | |
| 5542 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else | |
| 5543 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks' | |
| 5544 */ | |
| 5545 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0 | |
| 461 | 5546 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len])) |
| 7 | 5547 return TRUE; |
| 5548 } | |
| 5549 else | |
| 5550 { | |
| 5551 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0) | |
| 5552 return TRUE; | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 return FALSE; | |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 #endif | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5560 /* | |
| 1541 | 5561 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path. Also finds directory names. |
| 7 | 5562 * |
| 5563 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize | |
| 5564 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE. | |
| 5565 * | |
| 5566 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path. | |
| 5567 * | |
| 5568 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they | |
| 5569 * don't need valid values. | |
| 5570 * | |
| 5571 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the | |
| 5572 * message: | |
| 5573 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path' | |
| 5574 * On repeating calls: | |
| 5575 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path' | |
| 5576 * | |
| 5577 * options: | |
| 5578 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5579 * | |
| 5580 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5581 * | |
| 5582 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5583 * | |
| 5584 */ | |
| 5585 char_u * | |
| 5586 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname) | |
| 5587 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5588 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5589 int options; | |
| 5590 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5591 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5592 { | |
| 5593 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, | |
| 5594 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path, | |
| 1541 | 5595 FINDFILE_BOTH, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua); |
| 7 | 5596 } |
| 5597 | |
| 359 | 5598 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL; |
| 5599 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 #if defined(EXITFREE) | |
| 5602 static void | |
| 5603 free_findfile() | |
| 5604 { | |
| 5605 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); | |
| 5606 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); | |
| 5607 } | |
| 5608 #endif | |
| 5609 | |
| 7 | 5610 /* |
| 5611 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path. | |
| 5612 * | |
| 5613 * options: | |
| 5614 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found | |
| 5615 * | |
| 5616 * Uses NameBuff[]! | |
| 5617 * | |
| 5618 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error. | |
| 5619 */ | |
| 5620 char_u * | |
| 5621 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname) | |
| 5622 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ | |
| 5623 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5624 int options; | |
| 5625 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */ | |
| 5626 { | |
| 5627 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath, | |
| 1541 | 5628 FINDFILE_DIR, rel_fname, (char_u *)""); |
| 7 | 5629 } |
| 5630 | |
| 19 | 5631 char_u * |
| 1541 | 5632 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, find_what, rel_fname, suffixes) |
| 7 | 5633 char_u *ptr; /* file name */ |
| 5634 int len; /* length of file name */ | |
| 5635 int options; | |
| 5636 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */ | |
| 5637 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */ | |
| 1541 | 5638 int find_what; /* FINDFILE_FILE, _DIR or _BOTH */ |
| 7 | 5639 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */ |
| 794 | 5640 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */ |
| 7 | 5641 { |
| 5642 static char_u *dir; | |
| 5643 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5644 char_u save_char; | |
| 5645 char_u *file_name = NULL; | |
| 5646 char_u *buf = NULL; | |
| 5647 int rel_to_curdir; | |
| 5648 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5649 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L); | |
| 5650 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr; | |
| 5651 | |
| 5652 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */ | |
| 5653 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L; | |
| 5654 #endif | |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5657 { | |
| 5658 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */ | |
| 5659 save_char = ptr[len]; | |
| 5660 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
| 5661 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 5662 ptr[len] = save_char; | |
| 5663 | |
| 359 | 5664 vim_free(ff_file_to_find); |
| 5665 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5666 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7 | 5667 { |
| 5668 file_name = NULL; | |
| 5669 goto theend; | |
| 5670 } | |
| 5671 } | |
| 5672 | |
| 359 | 5673 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.' |
| 5674 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL | |
| 5675 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1]) | |
| 5676 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.' | |
| 5677 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL | |
| 5678 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2]))))); | |
| 5679 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find) | |
| 7 | 5680 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */ |
| 5681 || rel_to_curdir | |
| 5682 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2) | |
| 5683 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5684 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0]) |
| 1993 | 5685 /* handle "c:name" as absolute path */ |
| 359 | 5686 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':') |
| 7 | 5687 #endif |
| 5688 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5689 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */ | |
| 359 | 5690 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':' |
| 7 | 5691 #endif |
| 5692 ) | |
| 5693 { | |
| 5694 /* | |
| 5695 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option". | |
| 5696 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a | |
| 5697 * filename on the first call. | |
| 5698 */ | |
| 5699 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5700 { | |
| 5701 int l; | |
| 5702 int run; | |
| 5703 | |
| 359 | 5704 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find)) |
| 7 | 5705 { |
| 359 | 5706 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5707 goto theend; |
| 5708 } | |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file. | |
| 5711 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */ | |
| 5712 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
| 5713 { | |
| 359 | 5714 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5715 if (run == 1 |
| 5716 && rel_to_curdir | |
| 5717 && (options & FNAME_REL) | |
| 5718 && rel_fname != NULL | |
| 5719 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL) | |
| 5720 { | |
| 5721 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname); | |
| 359 | 5722 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5723 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 5724 } | |
| 5725 else | |
| 5726 { | |
| 359 | 5727 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5728 run = 2; |
| 5729 } | |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of | |
| 5732 * 'suffixesadd'. */ | |
| 794 | 5733 buf = suffixes; |
| 7 | 5734 for (;;) |
| 5735 { | |
| 5736 if ( | |
| 5737 #ifdef DJGPP | |
| 5738 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(), | |
| 5739 * assume it's always valid. */ | |
| 1541 | 5740 (find_what != FINDFILE_FILE && NameBuff[0] != NUL |
| 7 | 5741 && NameBuff[1] == ':' |
| 5742 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) || | |
| 5743 #endif | |
| 5744 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0 | |
| 1541 | 5745 && (find_what == FINDFILE_BOTH |
| 5746 || ((find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) | |
| 5747 == mch_isdir(NameBuff))))) | |
| 7 | 5748 { |
| 5749 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff); | |
| 5750 goto theend; | |
| 5751 } | |
| 5752 if (*buf == NUL) | |
| 5753 break; | |
| 5754 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ","); | |
| 5755 } | |
| 5756 } | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 } | |
| 5759 else | |
| 5760 { | |
| 5761 /* | |
| 5762 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option. | |
| 5763 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option. | |
| 5764 * Otherwise continue to find the next match. | |
| 5765 */ | |
| 5766 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5767 { | |
| 5768 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */ | |
| 359 | 5769 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5770 dir = path_option; |
| 5771 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5772 } | |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 for (;;) | |
| 5775 { | |
| 5776 if (did_findfile_init) | |
| 5777 { | |
| 359 | 5778 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 7 | 5779 if (file_name != NULL) |
| 5780 break; | |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 did_findfile_init = FALSE; | |
| 5783 } | |
| 5784 else | |
| 5785 { | |
| 5786 char_u *r_ptr; | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL) | |
| 5789 { | |
| 5790 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can | |
| 5791 * free the search context. */ | |
| 359 | 5792 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx); |
| 5793 fdip_search_ctx = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5794 break; |
| 5795 } | |
| 5796 | |
| 5797 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) | |
| 5798 break; | |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 /* copy next path */ | |
| 5801 buf[0] = 0; | |
| 5802 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); | |
| 5803 | |
| 5804 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA | |
| 5805 /* get the stopdir string */ | |
| 5806 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf); | |
| 5807 #else | |
| 5808 r_ptr = NULL; | |
| 5809 #endif | |
| 359 | 5810 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find, |
| 1541 | 5811 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, find_what, |
| 359 | 5812 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname); |
| 5813 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL) | |
| 7 | 5814 did_findfile_init = TRUE; |
| 5815 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5816 } | |
| 5817 } | |
| 5818 } | |
| 5819 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
| 5820 { | |
| 5821 if (first == TRUE) | |
| 5822 { | |
| 1541 | 5823 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5824 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5825 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5826 else |
| 5827 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), | |
| 359 | 5828 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5829 } |
| 5830 else | |
| 5831 { | |
| 1541 | 5832 if (find_what == FINDFILE_DIR) |
| 7 | 5833 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"), |
| 359 | 5834 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5835 else |
| 5836 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"), | |
| 359 | 5837 ff_file_to_find); |
| 7 | 5838 } |
| 5839 } | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 theend: | |
| 5842 #ifdef AMIGA | |
| 5843 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr; | |
| 5844 #endif | |
| 5845 return file_name; | |
| 5846 } | |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 /* | |
| 5851 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search | |
| 5852 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir(). | |
| 5853 */ | |
| 5854 int | |
| 5855 vim_chdir(new_dir) | |
| 5856 char_u *new_dir; | |
| 5857 { | |
| 5858 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
| 5859 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir); | |
| 5860 #else | |
| 5861 char_u *dir_name; | |
| 5862 int r; | |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir), | |
| 5865 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
| 5866 if (dir_name == NULL) | |
| 5867 return -1; | |
| 5868 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name); | |
| 5869 vim_free(dir_name); | |
| 5870 return r; | |
| 5871 #endif | |
| 5872 } | |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 /* | |
| 418 | 5875 * Get user name from machine-specific function. |
| 7 | 5876 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]". |
| 418 | 5877 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus |
| 5878 * cache the result. | |
| 7 | 5879 * Returns OK or FAIL. |
| 5880 */ | |
| 5881 int | |
| 5882 get_user_name(buf, len) | |
| 5883 char_u *buf; | |
| 5884 int len; | |
| 5885 { | |
| 359 | 5886 if (username == NULL) |
| 7 | 5887 { |
| 5888 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL) | |
| 5889 return FAIL; | |
| 359 | 5890 username = vim_strsave(buf); |
| 7 | 5891 } |
| 5892 else | |
| 418 | 5893 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1); |
| 7 | 5894 return OK; |
| 5895 } | |
| 5896 | |
| 5897 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT | |
| 5898 /* | |
| 5899 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it. | |
| 5900 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book. | |
| 5901 */ | |
| 5902 void | |
| 5903 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp) | |
| 5904 void *base; | |
| 5905 size_t elm_count; | |
| 5906 size_t elm_size; | |
| 5907 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 5908 { | |
| 5909 char_u *buf; | |
| 5910 char_u *p1; | |
| 5911 char_u *p2; | |
| 5912 int i, j; | |
| 5913 int gap; | |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size); | |
| 5916 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 5917 return; | |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2) | |
| 5920 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i) | |
| 5921 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap) | |
| 5922 { | |
| 5923 /* Compare the elements. */ | |
| 5924 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size; | |
| 5925 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size; | |
| 5926 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0) | |
| 5927 break; | |
| 1993 | 5928 /* Exchange the elements. */ |
| 7 | 5929 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size); |
| 5930 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size); | |
| 5931 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size); | |
| 5932 } | |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5935 } | |
| 5936 #endif | |
| 5937 | |
| 5938 /* | |
| 5939 * Sort an array of strings. | |
| 5940 */ | |
| 5941 static int | |
| 5942 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5943 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5944 #endif | |
| 5945 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 static int | |
| 5948 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 5949 _RTLENTRYF | |
| 5950 #endif | |
| 5951 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
| 5952 const void *s1; | |
| 5953 const void *s2; | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2); | |
| 5956 } | |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 void | |
| 5959 sort_strings(files, count) | |
| 5960 char_u **files; | |
| 5961 int count; | |
| 5962 { | |
| 5963 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare); | |
| 5964 } | |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5967 /* | |
| 5968 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]". | |
| 39 | 5969 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]" |
| 7 | 5970 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators. |
| 5971 */ | |
| 5972 int | |
| 39 | 5973 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen) |
| 7 | 5974 const char *p, *q; |
| 39 | 5975 int maxlen; |
| 7 | 5976 { |
| 5977 int i; | |
| 41 | 5978 const char *s = NULL; |
| 7 | 5979 |
| 39 | 5980 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i) |
| 7 | 5981 { |
| 5982 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */ | |
| 5983 if (p[i] == NUL) | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */ | |
| 5986 return 0; | |
| 5987 s = q; | |
| 5988 break; | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */ | |
| 5992 if (q[i] == NUL) | |
| 5993 { | |
| 5994 s = p; | |
| 5995 break; | |
| 5996 } | |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 if ( | |
| 5999 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 6000 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i]) | |
| 6001 #else | |
| 6002 p[i] != q[i] | |
| 6003 #endif | |
| 6004 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 6005 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */ | |
| 6006 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\') | |
| 6007 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/')) | |
| 6008 #endif | |
| 6009 ) | |
| 6010 { | |
| 6011 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i])) | |
| 6012 return -1; | |
| 6013 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i])) | |
| 6014 return 1; | |
| 6015 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */ | |
| 6016 } | |
| 6017 } | |
| 41 | 6018 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */ |
| 6019 return 0; | |
| 7 | 6020 |
| 6021 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */ | |
| 41 | 6022 if (s[i + 1] == NUL |
| 6023 && i > 0 | |
| 6024 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i) | |
| 7 | 6025 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 41 | 6026 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\') |
| 7 | 6027 #else |
| 41 | 6028 && s[i] == '/' |
| 7 | 6029 #endif |
| 41 | 6030 ) |
| 7 | 6031 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */ |
| 6032 if (s == q) | |
| 6033 return -1; /* no match */ | |
| 6034 return 1; | |
| 6035 } | |
| 6036 #endif | |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 /* | |
| 6039 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program. | |
| 6040 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert. | |
| 6041 * See pty.c for the copyright notice. | |
| 6042 */ | |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 /* | |
| 6045 * putenv -- put value into environment | |
| 6046 * | |
| 6047 * Usage: i = putenv (string) | |
| 6048 * int i; | |
| 6049 * char *string; | |
| 6050 * | |
| 6051 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>. | |
| 6052 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc). | |
| 6053 * | |
| 6054 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to | |
| 6055 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular | |
| 6056 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire | |
| 6057 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack | |
| 6058 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first | |
| 6059 * time you call it. | |
| 6060 * | |
| 6061 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.) | |
| 6062 */ | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) | |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */ | |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */ | |
| 6069 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 6070 extern | |
| 6071 #endif | |
| 6072 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */ | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */ | |
| 6075 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */ | |
| 6076 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */ | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 int | |
| 6079 putenv(string) | |
| 6080 const char *string; | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 int i; | |
| 6083 char *p; | |
| 6084 | |
| 6085 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6086 { /* first time putenv called */ | |
| 6087 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */ | |
| 6088 return -1; | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */ | |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 if (i < 0) | |
| 6094 { /* name must be added */ | |
| 6095 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++); | |
| 6096 if (i >= (envsize - 1)) | |
| 6097 { /* need new slot */ | |
| 6098 if (moreenv() < 0) | |
| 6099 return -1; | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1)); | |
| 6102 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */ | |
| 6103 return -1; | |
| 6104 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */ | |
| 6105 } | |
| 6106 else | |
| 6107 { /* name already in env. */ | |
| 6108 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1); | |
| 6109 if (p == NULL) | |
| 6110 return -1; | |
| 6111 } | |
| 6112 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */ | |
| 6113 environ[i] = p; | |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 return 0; | |
| 6116 } | |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 static int | |
| 6119 findenv(name) | |
| 6120 char *name; | |
| 6121 { | |
| 6122 char *namechar, *envchar; | |
| 6123 int i, found; | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 found = 0; | |
| 6126 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++) | |
| 6127 { | |
| 6128 envchar = environ[i]; | |
| 6129 namechar = name; | |
| 6130 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar)) | |
| 6131 { | |
| 6132 namechar++; | |
| 6133 envchar++; | |
| 6134 } | |
| 6135 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '='); | |
| 6136 } | |
| 6137 return found ? i - 1 : -1; | |
| 6138 } | |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 static int | |
| 6141 newenv() | |
| 6142 { | |
| 6143 char **env, *elem; | |
| 6144 int i, esize; | |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 6147 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */ | |
| 6148 i = 0; | |
| 6149 #else | |
| 6150 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6151 ; | |
| 6152 #endif | |
| 6153 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1; | |
| 6154 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem))); | |
| 6155 if (env == NULL) | |
| 6156 return -1; | |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 #ifndef MACOS | |
| 6159 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) | |
| 6160 { | |
| 6161 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1)); | |
| 6162 if (elem == NULL) | |
| 6163 return -1; | |
| 6164 env[i] = elem; | |
| 6165 strcpy(elem, environ[i]); | |
| 6166 } | |
| 6167 #endif | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 env[i] = 0; | |
| 6170 environ = env; | |
| 6171 envsize = esize; | |
| 6172 return 0; | |
| 6173 } | |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 static int | |
| 6176 moreenv() | |
| 6177 { | |
| 6178 int esize; | |
| 6179 char **env; | |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE; | |
| 6182 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env)); | |
| 6183 if (env == 0) | |
| 6184 return -1; | |
| 6185 environ = env; | |
| 6186 envsize = esize; | |
| 6187 return 0; | |
| 6188 } | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV | |
| 6191 char_u * | |
| 6192 vimpty_getenv(string) | |
| 6193 const char_u *string; | |
| 6194 { | |
| 6195 int i; | |
| 6196 char_u *p; | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 if (envsize < 0) | |
| 6199 return NULL; | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 i = findenv((char *)string); | |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 if (i < 0) | |
| 6204 return NULL; | |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '='); | |
| 6207 return (p + 1); | |
| 6208 } | |
| 6209 # endif | |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */ | |
| 313 | 6212 |
| 741 | 6213 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 313 | 6214 /* |
| 6215 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have | |
| 6216 * rights to write into. | |
| 6217 */ | |
| 6218 int | |
| 6219 filewritable(fname) | |
| 6220 char_u *fname; | |
| 6221 { | |
| 6222 int retval = 0; | |
| 6223 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6224 int perm = 0; | |
| 6225 #endif | |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6228 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
| 6229 #endif | |
| 6230 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */ | |
| 6231 if ( | |
| 6232 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 6233 mch_writable(fname) && | |
| 6234 # else | |
| 6235 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
| 6236 (perm & 0222) && | |
| 6237 # endif | |
| 6238 # endif | |
| 6239 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0 | |
| 6240 ) | |
| 6241 #endif | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 ++retval; | |
| 6244 if (mch_isdir(fname)) | |
| 6245 ++retval; | |
| 6246 } | |
| 6247 return retval; | |
| 6248 } | |
| 6249 #endif | |
| 332 | 6250 |
| 6251 /* | |
| 6252 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments. | |
| 6253 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6254 */ | |
| 6255 int | |
| 6256 emsg3(s, a1, a2) | |
| 6257 char_u *s, *a1, *a2; | |
| 6258 { | |
| 840 | 6259 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6260 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 1438 | 6261 #ifdef HAVE_STDARG_H |
| 6262 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, a1, a2); | |
| 6263 #else | |
| 840 | 6264 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long_u)a1, (long_u)a2); |
| 1438 | 6265 #endif |
| 332 | 6266 return emsg(IObuff); |
| 6267 } | |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 /* | |
| 6270 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument. | |
| 6271 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes. | |
| 6272 */ | |
| 6273 int | |
| 6274 emsgn(s, n) | |
| 6275 char_u *s; | |
| 6276 long n; | |
| 6277 { | |
| 840 | 6278 if (emsg_not_now()) |
| 332 | 6279 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */ |
| 6280 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n); | |
| 6281 return emsg(IObuff); | |
| 6282 } | |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6283 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6284 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(FEAT_PERSISTENT_UNDO) || defined(PROTO) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6285 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6286 * Read 2 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6287 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6288 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6289 get2c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6290 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6291 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6292 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6293 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6294 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6295 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6296 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6297 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6298 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6299 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6300 * Read 3 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6301 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6302 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6303 get3c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6304 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6305 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6306 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6307 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6308 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6309 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6310 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6311 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6312 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6313 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6314 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6315 * Read 4 bytes from "fd" and turn them into an int, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6316 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6317 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6318 get4c(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6319 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6320 { |
|
2231
aa6412cab544
Various improvements to undo file code to make it more robust.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2229
diff
changeset
|
6321 int n; |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6322 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6323 n = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6324 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6325 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6326 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6327 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6328 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6329 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6330 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6331 * Read 8 bytes from "fd" and turn them into a time_t, MSB first. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6332 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6333 time_t |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6334 get8ctime(fd) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6335 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6336 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6337 time_t n = 0; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6338 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6339 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6340 for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6341 n = (n << 8) + getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6342 return n; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6343 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6344 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6345 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6346 * Read a string of length "cnt" from "fd" into allocated memory. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6347 * Returns NULL when out of memory or unable to read that many bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6348 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6349 char_u * |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6350 read_string(fd, cnt) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6351 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6352 int cnt; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6353 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6354 char_u *str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6355 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6356 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6357 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6358 /* allocate memory */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6359 str = alloc((unsigned)cnt + 1); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6360 if (str != NULL) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6361 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6362 /* Read the string. Quit when running into the EOF. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6363 for (i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6364 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6365 c = getc(fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6366 if (c == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6367 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6368 vim_free(str); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6369 return NULL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6370 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6371 str[i] = c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6372 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6373 str[i] = NUL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6374 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6375 return str; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6376 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6377 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6378 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6379 * Write a number to file "fd", MSB first, in "len" bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6380 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6381 int |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6382 put_bytes(fd, nr, len) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6383 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6384 long_u nr; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6385 int len; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6386 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6387 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6388 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6389 for (i = len - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6390 if (putc((int)(nr >> (i * 8)), fd) == EOF) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6391 return FAIL; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6392 return OK; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6393 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6394 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6395 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6396 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6397 /* This line is required for VC6 without the service pack. Also see the |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6398 * matching #pragma below. */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6399 # pragma optimize("", off) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6400 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6401 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6402 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6403 /* |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6404 * Write time_t to file "fd" in 8 bytes. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6405 */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6406 void |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6407 put_time(fd, the_time) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6408 FILE *fd; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6409 time_t the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6410 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6411 int c; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6412 int i; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6413 time_t wtime = the_time; |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6414 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6415 /* time_t can be up to 8 bytes in size, more than long_u, thus we |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6416 * can't use put_bytes() here. |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6417 * Another problem is that ">>" may do an arithmetic shift that keeps the |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6418 * sign. This happens for large values of wtime. A cast to long_u may |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6419 * truncate if time_t is 8 bytes. So only use a cast when it is 4 bytes, |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6420 * it's safe to assume that long_u is 4 bytes or more and when using 8 |
|
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6421 * bytes the top bit won't be set. */ |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6422 for (i = 7; i >= 0; --i) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6423 { |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6424 if (i + 1 > (int)sizeof(time_t)) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6425 /* ">>" doesn't work well when shifting more bits than avail */ |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6426 putc(0, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6427 else |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6428 { |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6429 #if defined(SIZEOF_TIME_T) && SIZEOF_TIME_T > 4 |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6430 c = (int)(wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6431 #else |
|
2245
4e0124f5aee2
Optimize the blowfish crypt/decrypt code a bit more.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2244
diff
changeset
|
6432 c = (int)((long_u)wtime >> (i * 8)); |
|
2232
2e6906bbc5f4
A few more fixes for undo file. Split test in two parts so that it doesn't
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2231
diff
changeset
|
6433 #endif |
|
2229
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6434 putc(c, fd); |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6435 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6436 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6437 } |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6438 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6439 #ifdef _MSC_VER |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6440 # if (_MSC_VER <= 1200) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6441 # pragma optimize("", on) |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6442 # endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6443 #endif |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6444 |
|
d45902a5c61c
Fix a few more things for persistent undo.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
6445 #endif |